|
|
@@ -0,0 +1,17764 @@
|
|
|
+unit Blend2D;
|
|
|
+{ OPP wrappers for Blend2D C API.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Follows the C++ API where possible. The following C++ classes are not
|
|
|
+ converted because Delphi provides built-in alternatives for these:
|
|
|
+ * BLArray<T>: uses TArray<T> instead
|
|
|
+ * BLFile: uses TFileStream instead
|
|
|
+ * BLString: uses String instead
|
|
|
+ * BLVariant: not needed
|
|
|
+ * BLStyle: style properties are used in another way. We may introduce a
|
|
|
+ TBLStyle type once Delphi has support for managed records (or use Scope
|
|
|
+ solution like TBLStrokeOptions). }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$SCOPEDENUMS ON}
|
|
|
+{$EXCESSPRECISION OFF}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+interface
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+uses
|
|
|
+ System.Math,
|
|
|
+ System.SysUtils,
|
|
|
+ Blend2D.Api;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Error Handling'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Error Handling - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Blend2D result code. }
|
|
|
+ TBLResultCode = (
|
|
|
+ { Successful result code. }
|
|
|
+ Success = BL_SUCCESS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Out of memory [ENOMEM]. }
|
|
|
+ OutOfMemory = BL_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid value/argument [EINVAL]. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidValue = BL_ERROR_INVALID_VALUE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid state [EFAULT]. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidState = BL_ERROR_INVALID_STATE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid handle or file. [EBADF]. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidHandle = BL_ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Value too large [EOVERFLOW]. }
|
|
|
+ ValueTooLarge = BL_ERROR_VALUE_TOO_LARGE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not initialized (some instance is built-in none when it shouldn't be). }
|
|
|
+ NotInitialized = BL_ERROR_NOT_INITIALIZED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not implemented [ENOSYS]. }
|
|
|
+ NotImplemented = BL_ERROR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Operation not permitted [EPERM]. }
|
|
|
+ NotPermitted = BL_ERROR_NOT_PERMITTED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { IO error [EIO]. }
|
|
|
+ IOError = BL_ERROR_IO,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Device or resource busy [EBUSY]. }
|
|
|
+ Busy = BL_ERROR_BUSY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Operation interrupted [EINTR]. }
|
|
|
+ Interrupted = BL_ERROR_INTERRUPTED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Try again [EAGAIN]. }
|
|
|
+ TryAgain = BL_ERROR_TRY_AGAIN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Timed out [ETIMEDOUT]. }
|
|
|
+ TimedOut = BL_ERROR_TIMED_OUT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Broken pipe [EPIPE]. }
|
|
|
+ BrokenPipe = BL_ERROR_BROKEN_PIPE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File is not seekable [ESPIPE]. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidSeek = BL_ERROR_INVALID_SEEK,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Too many levels of symlinks [ELOOP]. }
|
|
|
+ SymlinkLoop = BL_ERROR_SYMLINK_LOOP,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File is too large [EFBIG]. }
|
|
|
+ FileTooLarge = BL_ERROR_FILE_TOO_LARGE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File/directory already exists [EEXIST]. }
|
|
|
+ AlreadyExists = BL_ERROR_ALREADY_EXISTS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Access denied [EACCES]. }
|
|
|
+ AccessDenied = BL_ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Media changed [Windows::ERROR_MEDIA_CHANGED]. }
|
|
|
+ MediaChanged = BL_ERROR_MEDIA_CHANGED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The file/FS is read-only [EROFS]. }
|
|
|
+ ReadOnlyFS = BL_ERROR_READ_ONLY_FS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Device doesn't exist [ENXIO]. }
|
|
|
+ NoDevice = BL_ERROR_NO_DEVICE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not found, no entry (fs) [ENOENT]. }
|
|
|
+ NoEntry = BL_ERROR_NO_ENTRY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { No media in drive/device [ENOMEDIUM]. }
|
|
|
+ NoMedia = BL_ERROR_NO_MEDIA,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { No more data / end of file [ENODATA]. }
|
|
|
+ NoMoreData = BL_ERROR_NO_MORE_DATA,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { No more files [ENMFILE]. }
|
|
|
+ NoMoreFiles = BL_ERROR_NO_MORE_FILES,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { No space left on device [ENOSPC]. }
|
|
|
+ NoSpaceLeft = BL_ERROR_NO_SPACE_LEFT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Directory is not empty [ENOTEMPTY]. }
|
|
|
+ NotEmpty = BL_ERROR_NOT_EMPTY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not a file [EISDIR]. }
|
|
|
+ NotFile = BL_ERROR_NOT_FILE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not a directory [ENOTDIR]. }
|
|
|
+ NotDirectory = BL_ERROR_NOT_DIRECTORY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not same device [EXDEV]. }
|
|
|
+ NotSameDevice = BL_ERROR_NOT_SAME_DEVICE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not a block device [ENOTBLK]. }
|
|
|
+ NotBlockDevice = BL_ERROR_NOT_BLOCK_DEVICE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File/path name is invalid [n/a]. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidFilename = BL_ERROR_INVALID_FILE_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File/path name is too long [ENAMETOOLONG]. }
|
|
|
+ FilenameTooLong = BL_ERROR_FILE_NAME_TOO_LONG,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Too many open files [EMFILE]. }
|
|
|
+ TooManyOpenFiles = BL_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Too many open files by OS [ENFILE]. }
|
|
|
+ TooManyOpenFilesByOS = BL_ERROR_TOO_MANY_OPEN_FILES_BY_OS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Too many symbolic links on FS [EMLINK]. }
|
|
|
+ TooManyLinks = BL_ERROR_TOO_MANY_LINKS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Too many threads [EAGAIN]. }
|
|
|
+ TooManyThreads = BL_ERROR_TOO_MANY_THREADS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Thread pool is exhausted and couldn't acquire the requested thread count. }
|
|
|
+ ThreadPoolExhausted = BL_ERROR_THREAD_POOL_EXHAUSTED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File is empty (not specific to any OS error). }
|
|
|
+ FileEmpty = BL_ERROR_FILE_EMPTY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { File open failed [Windows::ERROR_OPEN_FAILED]. }
|
|
|
+ OpenFailed = BL_ERROR_OPEN_FAILED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not a root device/directory [Windows::ERROR_DIR_NOT_ROOT]. }
|
|
|
+ NotRootDevice = BL_ERROR_NOT_ROOT_DEVICE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unknown system error that failed to translate to Blend2D result code. }
|
|
|
+ UnknownSystemError = BL_ERROR_UNKNOWN_SYSTEM_ERROR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid data alignment. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidArgument = BL_ERROR_INVALID_ALIGNMENT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid data signature or header. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidSignature = BL_ERROR_INVALID_SIGNATURE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid or corrupted data. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidData = BL_ERROR_INVALID_DATA,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid string (invalid data of either UTF8, UTF16, or UTF32). }
|
|
|
+ InvalidString = BL_ERROR_INVALID_STRING,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Truncated data (more data required than memory/stream provides). }
|
|
|
+ DataTruncated = BL_ERROR_DATA_TRUNCATED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Input data too large to be processed. }
|
|
|
+ DataTooLarge = BL_ERROR_DATA_TOO_LARGE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Decompression failed due to invalid data (RLE, Huffman, etc). }
|
|
|
+ DecompressionFailed = BL_ERROR_DECOMPRESSION_FAILED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid geometry (invalid path data or shape). }
|
|
|
+ InvalidGeometry = BL_ERROR_INVALID_GEOMETRY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returned when there is no matching vertex in path data. }
|
|
|
+ NoMatchingVertex = BL_ERROR_NO_MATCHING_VERTEX,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { No matching cookie (BLContext). }
|
|
|
+ NoMatchingCookie = BL_ERROR_NO_MATCHING_COOKIE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { No states to restore (BLContext). }
|
|
|
+ NoStatesToRestore = BL_ERROR_NO_STATES_TO_RESTORE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The size of the image is too large. }
|
|
|
+ ImageTooBig = BL_ERROR_IMAGE_TOO_LARGE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec for a required format doesn't exist. }
|
|
|
+ ImageNoMatchingCodec = BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unknown or invalid file format that cannot be read. }
|
|
|
+ ImageUnknownFileFormat = BL_ERROR_IMAGE_UNKNOWN_FILE_FORMAT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec doesn't support reading the file format. }
|
|
|
+ ImageDecoderNotProvided = BL_ERROR_IMAGE_DECODER_NOT_PROVIDED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec doesn't support writing the file format. }
|
|
|
+ ImageEncoderNotProvided = BL_ERROR_IMAGE_ENCODER_NOT_PROVIDED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Multiple IHDR chunks are not allowed (PNG). }
|
|
|
+ PngMultipleIHDR = BL_ERROR_PNG_MULTIPLE_IHDR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid IDAT chunk (PNG). }
|
|
|
+ PngInvalidIDAT = BL_ERROR_PNG_INVALID_IDAT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid IEND chunk (PNG). }
|
|
|
+ PngInvalidIEND = BL_ERROR_PNG_INVALID_IEND,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid PLTE chunk (PNG). }
|
|
|
+ PngInvalidPLTE = BL_ERROR_PNG_INVALID_PLTE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid tRNS chunk (PNG). }
|
|
|
+ PngInvalidTRNS = BL_ERROR_PNG_INVALID_TRNS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid filter type (PNG). }
|
|
|
+ PngInvalidFilter = BL_ERROR_PNG_INVALID_FILTER,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unsupported feature (JPEG). }
|
|
|
+ JpegUnsupportedFeature = BL_ERROR_JPEG_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid SOS marker or header (JPEG). }
|
|
|
+ JpegInvalidSOS = BL_ERROR_JPEG_INVALID_SOS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid SOF marker (JPEG). }
|
|
|
+ JpegInvalidSOF = BL_ERROR_JPEG_INVALID_SOF,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Multiple SOF markers (JPEG). }
|
|
|
+ JpegMultipleSOF = BL_ERROR_JPEG_MULTIPLE_SOF,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unsupported SOF marker (JPEG). }
|
|
|
+ JpegUnsupportedSOF = BL_ERROR_JPEG_UNSUPPORTED_SOF,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font doesn't have any data as it's not initialized. }
|
|
|
+ FontNotInitialized = BL_ERROR_FONT_NOT_INITIALIZED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font or font-face was not matched (BLFontManager). }
|
|
|
+ FontNoMatch = BL_ERROR_FONT_NO_MATCH,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font has no character to glyph mapping data. }
|
|
|
+ FontNoCharacterMapping = BL_ERROR_FONT_NO_CHARACTER_MAPPING,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font has missing an important table. }
|
|
|
+ FontMissingImportantTable = BL_ERROR_FONT_MISSING_IMPORTANT_TABLE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font feature is not available. }
|
|
|
+ FontFeatureNotAvailable = BL_ERROR_FONT_FEATURE_NOT_AVAILABLE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font has an invalid CFF data. }
|
|
|
+ FontCFFInvalidData = BL_ERROR_FONT_CFF_INVALID_DATA,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font program terminated because the execution reached the limit. }
|
|
|
+ FontProgramTerminated = BL_ERROR_FONT_PROGRAM_TERMINATED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid glyph identifier. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidGlyph = BL_ERROR_INVALID_GLYPH);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ _TBLResultCodeHelper = record helper for TBLResultCode
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ function ToString: String;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Error Handling - Handlers]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Type of exception that is raised for Blend2D errors.
|
|
|
+ Exceptions are enabled by default, but can be disabled using
|
|
|
+ BLSetErrorHandler. }
|
|
|
+ EBlend2DError = class(Exception)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FResultCode: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AResultCode: TBLResultCode);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The Blend2D result code }
|
|
|
+ property ResultCode: TBLResultCode read FResultCode;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Type of procedure that is called when a Blend2D error occurs.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Parameters:
|
|
|
+ AResultCode: the Blend2D result code
|
|
|
+ AUserData: any user data passed to BLSetErrorHandler. }
|
|
|
+ TBLErrorHandler = procedure(const AResultCode: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ const AUserData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Sets a Blend2D error handler.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Parameters:
|
|
|
+ AHandler: the error handler that is called when a Blend2D error occurs.
|
|
|
+ AUserData: any data you want to pass to the handler.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The default error handler raises an exception of type EBlend2DError.
|
|
|
+ You can disable error handling completely by setting AHandler to nil. In that
|
|
|
+ case, there is no way to know if and when an error occured.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The following procedures can be used to set some default error handlers:
|
|
|
+ * BLSetExceptionErrorHandler: sets the error handler to a procedure that
|
|
|
+ raises an exception when a Blend2D error occurs. This is the default
|
|
|
+ behavior.
|
|
|
+ * BLSetGetLastErrorHandler: sets the error handler to a procedure that sets
|
|
|
+ a global error variable when a Blend2D error occurs. You can then use
|
|
|
+ BLGetLastError to retrieve this error code. }
|
|
|
+procedure BLSetErrorHandler(const AHandler: TBLErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+ const AUserData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Sets the error handler to a procedure that raises an exception when a Blend2D
|
|
|
+ error occurs. This is the default behavior. }
|
|
|
+procedure BLSetExceptionErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Sets the error handler to a procedure that sets a global error variable when a
|
|
|
+ Blend2D error occurs. You can then use BLGetLastError to retrieve this error
|
|
|
+ code. }
|
|
|
+procedure BLSetGetLastErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Retrieves the last Blend2D error, or TBLResultCode.Success if there was
|
|
|
+ none.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ After this call, the last error is reset to TBLResultCode.Success.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This function should only be used when BLSetGetLastErrorHandler has been
|
|
|
+ called. Otherwise, it always returns TBLResultCode.Success.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This function is not thread-safe. If Blend2D is used from multiple threads,
|
|
|
+ the returned value can be from any thread. }
|
|
|
+function BLGetLastError: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Error Handling'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'General'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [General - Types]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Tag is a 32-bit integer consisting of 4 characters in the following format:
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Tag := (A shl 24) or (B shl 16) or (C shl 8) or D
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Tags are used extensively by OpenType fonts and other binary formats like
|
|
|
+ PNG. In most cases TAGs should only contain ASCII letters, digits, and
|
|
|
+ spaces.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Blend2D uses TBLTag in public and internal APIs to distinguish between a
|
|
|
+ regular UInt32 and tag. }
|
|
|
+ TBLTag = BLTag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Unique identifier that can be used for caching purposes.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Some objects such as IBLImage and IBLFontFace have assigned an unique
|
|
|
+ identifier that can be used to identify such objects for caching purposes.
|
|
|
+ This identifier is never zero, so zero can be safely used as "uncached".
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: Unique identifier is per-process. It's implemented as an increasing
|
|
|
+ global or thread-local counter in a way that identifiers would not
|
|
|
+ collide. }
|
|
|
+ TBLUniqueId = BLUniqueId;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { A type used to store a pack of bits.
|
|
|
+ BitWord should be equal in size to a machine word. }
|
|
|
+ TBLBitWord = BLBitWord;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [General - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Boolean operator. }
|
|
|
+ TBLBooleanOp = (
|
|
|
+ { Result = B. }
|
|
|
+ Copy = BL_BOOLEAN_OP_COPY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Result = A and B. }
|
|
|
+ &And = BL_BOOLEAN_OP_AND,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Result = A or B. }
|
|
|
+ &Or = BL_BOOLEAN_OP_OR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Result = A xor B. }
|
|
|
+ &Xor = BL_BOOLEAN_OP_XOR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Result = A and not B. }
|
|
|
+ Sub = BL_BOOLEAN_OP_SUB);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Extend mode. }
|
|
|
+ TBLExtendMode = (
|
|
|
+ { Pad extend [default]. }
|
|
|
+ Pad = BL_EXTEND_MODE_PAD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Repeat extend. }
|
|
|
+ &Repeat = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REPEAT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reflect extend. }
|
|
|
+ Reflect = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REFLECT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Alias to Pad. }
|
|
|
+ PadXPadY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_PAD_X_PAD_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Alias to Repeat. }
|
|
|
+ RepeatXRepeatY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REPEAT_X_REPEAT_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Alias to Reflect. }
|
|
|
+ ReflectXReflectY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REFLECT_X_REFLECT_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pad X and repeat Y. }
|
|
|
+ PadXRepeatY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_PAD_X_REPEAT_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pad X and reflect Y. }
|
|
|
+ PadXReflectY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_PAD_X_REFLECT_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Repeat X and pad Y. }
|
|
|
+ RepeatXPadY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REPEAT_X_PAD_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Repeat X and reflect Y. }
|
|
|
+ RepeatXReflectY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REPEAT_X_REFLECT_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reflect X and pad Y. }
|
|
|
+ ReflectXPadY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REFLECT_X_PAD_Y,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reflect X and repeat Y. }
|
|
|
+ ReflectXRepeatY = BL_EXTEND_MODE_REFLECT_X_REPEAT_Y);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Text encoding. }
|
|
|
+ TBLTextEncoding = (
|
|
|
+ { UTF-8 encoding. }
|
|
|
+ UTF8 = BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF8,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { UTF-16 encoding (native endian). }
|
|
|
+ UTF16 = BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF16,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { UTF-32 encoding (native endian). }
|
|
|
+ UTF32 = BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF32,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { LATIN1 encoding (one byte per character). }
|
|
|
+ Latin1 = BL_TEXT_ENCODING_LATIN1);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRange]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Provides start and end indexes. It's used to specify a range of an operation
|
|
|
+ related to indexed containers like IBLPath, IBLGradient, etc... }
|
|
|
+ TBLRange = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRange;
|
|
|
+ function GetFinish: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetStart: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFinish(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStart(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRange): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRange): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AStart, AFinish: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLRange): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Start: Integer read GetStart write SetStart;
|
|
|
+ property Finish: Integer read GetFinish write SetFinish;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRange = ^TBLRange;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRange(const AStart, AFinish: Integer): TBLRange; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'General'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Array'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLArrayView]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Array view }
|
|
|
+ TBLArrayView<T> = record
|
|
|
+ public type
|
|
|
+ P = ^T;
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLArrayView;
|
|
|
+ function GetLast: Pointer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetLength: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AData: Pointer; const ALength: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Data: Pointer read FHandle.data;
|
|
|
+ property First: Pointer read FHandle.data;
|
|
|
+ property Last: Pointer read GetLast;
|
|
|
+ property Length: Integer read GetLength;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Array'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Color'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRgba32]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 32-bit RGBA color (8-bit per component) stored as $AARRGGBB. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRgba32 = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRgba32;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsOpaque: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsTransparent: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Implicit(const AValue: Cardinal): TBLRgba32; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Implicit(const AValue: TBLRgba32): Cardinal; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AValue: Cardinal); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AR, AG, AB: Byte; const AA: Byte = 255); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property R: Byte read FHandle.r write FHandle.r;
|
|
|
+ property G: Byte read FHandle.g write FHandle.g;
|
|
|
+ property B: Byte read FHandle.b write FHandle.b;
|
|
|
+ property A: Byte read FHandle.a write FHandle.a;
|
|
|
+ property Value: Cardinal read FHandle.value write FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsOpaque: Boolean read GetIsOpaque;
|
|
|
+ property IsTransparent: Boolean read GetIsTransparent;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRgba32 = ^TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32: TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AValue: Cardinal): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AR, AG, AB: Byte; const AA: Byte = 255): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRgba64]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 64-bit RGBA color (16-bit per component) stored as $AAAARRRRGGGGBBBB. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRgba64 = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRgba64;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsOpaque: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsTransparent: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Implicit(const AValue: UInt64): TBLRgba64; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Implicit(const AValue: TBLRgba64): UInt64; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AValue: UInt64); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AR, AG, AB: Word; const AA: Word = $FFFF); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba32); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property R: Word read FHandle.r write FHandle.r;
|
|
|
+ property G: Word read FHandle.g write FHandle.g;
|
|
|
+ property B: Word read FHandle.b write FHandle.b;
|
|
|
+ property A: Word read FHandle.a write FHandle.a;
|
|
|
+ property Value: UInt64 read FHandle.value write FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsOpaque: Boolean read GetIsOpaque;
|
|
|
+ property IsTransparent: Boolean read GetIsTransparent;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRgba64 = ^TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64: TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AValue: UInt64): TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AR, AG, AB: Word; const AA: Word = $FFFF): TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AValue: TBLRgba32): TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRgba]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 128-bit RGBA color stored as 4 32-bit floating point values in [RGBA] order. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRgba = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRgba;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsOpaque: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsTransparent: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft: TBLRgba; const ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft: TBLRgba; const ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft: TBLRgba; const ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft: TBLRgba; const ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AR, AG, AB: Single; const AA: Single = 1); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property R: Single read FHandle.r write FHandle.r;
|
|
|
+ property G: Single read FHandle.g write FHandle.g;
|
|
|
+ property B: Single read FHandle.b write FHandle.b;
|
|
|
+ property A: Single read FHandle.a write FHandle.a;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsOpaque: Boolean read GetIsOpaque;
|
|
|
+ property IsTransparent: Boolean read GetIsTransparent;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRgba = ^TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba: TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba(const AR, AG, AB: Single; const AA: Single = 1): TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba(const ARgba: TBLRgba32): TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba(const ARgba: TBLRgba64): TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Adds TBLRgba32 <-> TBLRgba64 <-> TBLRgba conversion }
|
|
|
+ _TBLRgba32Helper = record helper for TBLRgba32
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba64); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AValue: TBLRgba64): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AValue: TBLRgba): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Adds TBLRgba64 <-> TBLRgba conversion }
|
|
|
+ _TBLRgba64Helper = record helper for TBLRgba64
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AValue: TBLRgba): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Color'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'File System'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { File read flags used by IBLFileSystem.ReadFile. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFileReadFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Use memory mapping to read the content of the file.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The destination buffer would be configured to use the memory mapped buffer
|
|
|
+ instead of allocating its own. }
|
|
|
+ MmapEnabled = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Avoid memory mapping of small files.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The size of small file is determined by Blend2D, however, you should
|
|
|
+ expect it to be 16kB or 64kB depending on host operating system. }
|
|
|
+ MmapAvoidSmall = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Do not fallback to regular read if memory mapping fails. It's worth noting
|
|
|
+ that memory mapping would fail for files stored on filesystem that is not
|
|
|
+ local (like a mounted network filesystem, etc...). }
|
|
|
+ MmapNoFallback = 3);
|
|
|
+ TBLFileReadFlags = set of TBLFileReadFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'File System'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Geometry'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Direction of a geometry used by geometric primitives and paths. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGeometryDirection = (
|
|
|
+ { No direction specified. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_GEOMETRY_DIRECTION_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clockwise direction. }
|
|
|
+ CW = BL_GEOMETRY_DIRECTION_CW,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Counter-clockwise direction. }
|
|
|
+ CCW = BL_GEOMETRY_DIRECTION_CCW);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Geometry type.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Geometry describes a shape or path that can be either rendered or added to
|
|
|
+ a BLPath container. Both IBLPath and IBLContext provide functionality to
|
|
|
+ work with all geometry types. Please note that each type provided here
|
|
|
+ requires to pass a matching record to the function that consumes
|
|
|
+ AGeometryType and AGeometryData arguments. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGeometryType = (
|
|
|
+ { No geometry provided. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLBoxI record. }
|
|
|
+ BoxI = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXI,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLBox record. }
|
|
|
+ BoxD = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLRectI record. }
|
|
|
+ RectI = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_RECTI,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLRect record. }
|
|
|
+ RectD = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_RECTD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLCircle record. }
|
|
|
+ Circle = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLEllipse record. }
|
|
|
+ Ellipse = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLRoundRect record. }
|
|
|
+ RoundRect = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArc record. }
|
|
|
+ Arc = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARC,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArc record representing chord. }
|
|
|
+ Chord = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArc record representing pie. }
|
|
|
+ Pie = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLLine record. }
|
|
|
+ Line = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_LINE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLTriangle record. }
|
|
|
+ Triangle = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLPointI> representing a polyline. }
|
|
|
+ PolylineI = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLPoint> representing a polyline. }
|
|
|
+ PolylineD = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLPointI> representing a polygon. }
|
|
|
+ PolygonI = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLPoint> representing a polygon. }
|
|
|
+ PolygonD = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI> record. }
|
|
|
+ ArrayViewBoxI = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLBox> struct. }
|
|
|
+ ArrayViewBoxD = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLRectI> record. }
|
|
|
+ ArrayviewRectI = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TBLArrayView<TBLRect> record. }
|
|
|
+ ArrayViewRectD = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { IBLPath. }
|
|
|
+ Path = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PATH,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { IBLRegion. }
|
|
|
+ Region = BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_REGION,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The last simple type. }
|
|
|
+ SimpleLast = TBLGeometryType.Triangle);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Fill rule. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFillRule = (
|
|
|
+ { Non-zero fill-rule. }
|
|
|
+ NonZero = BL_FILL_RULE_NON_ZERO,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Even-odd fill-rule. }
|
|
|
+ EvenOdd = BL_FILL_RULE_EVEN_ODD);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Hit-test result. }
|
|
|
+ TBLHitTest = (
|
|
|
+ { Fully in. }
|
|
|
+ FullyIn = BL_HIT_TEST_IN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Partially in/out. }
|
|
|
+ PartiallyIn = BL_HIT_TEST_PART,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fully out. }
|
|
|
+ FullyOut = BL_HIT_TEST_OUT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Hit test failed (invalid argument, NaNs, etc). }
|
|
|
+ Invalid = BL_HIT_TEST_INVALID);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPointI]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Point specified as [x, y] using Integer as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPointI = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPointI;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Negative(const AValue: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: TBLPointI; const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: Integer; const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: TBLPointI; const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: Integer; const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: TBLPointI; const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: Integer; const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator IntDivide(const ALeft: TBLPointI; const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator IntDivide(const ALeft: Integer; const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator IntDivide(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX, AY: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLPointI): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X: Integer read FHandle.x write FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ property Y: Integer read FHandle.y write FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLPointI = ^TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPointI: TBLPointI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLPointI(const AX, AY: Integer): TBLPointI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [SizeI]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Size specified as [w, h] using Integer as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLSizeI = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSizeI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSizeI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AW, AH: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLSizeI): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property W: Integer read FHandle.w write FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ property H: Integer read FHandle.h write FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLSizeI = ^TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLSizeI: TBLSizeI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLSizeI(const AW, AH: Integer): TBLSizeI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLBoxI]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Box specified as [x0, y0, x1, y1] using Integer as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLBoxI = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetHeight: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetWidth: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHeight(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetWidth(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBoxI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBoxI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLBoxI): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ function Contains(const AX, AY: Integer): Boolean; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function Contains(const AP: TBLPointI): Boolean; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Integer read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Integer read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Integer read FHandle.x1 write FHandle.x1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Integer read FHandle.y1 write FHandle.y1;
|
|
|
+ property Width: Integer read GetWidth write SetWidth;
|
|
|
+ property Height: Integer read GetHeight write SetHeight;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLBoxI = ^TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLBoxI: TBLBoxI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLBoxI(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Integer): TBLBoxI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRectI]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rectangle specified as [x, y, w, h] using Integer as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRectI = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRectI;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRectI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRectI): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLRectI): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X: Integer read FHandle.x write FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ property Y: Integer read FHandle.y write FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ property W: Integer read FHandle.w write FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ property H: Integer read FHandle.h write FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRectI = ^TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRectI: TBLRectI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRectI(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Integer): TBLRectI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPoint]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Point specified as [x, y] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPoint = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPoint;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Negative(const AValue: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: Double): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: Double): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: Double): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: Double): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLPoint): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X: Double read FHandle.x write FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ property Y: Double read FHandle.y write FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLPoint = ^TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPoint: TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLPoint(const AX, AY: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Size]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Size specified as [w, h] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLSize = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLSize;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSize): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSize): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AW, AH: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLSize): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property W: Double read FHandle.w write FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ property H: Double read FHandle.h write FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLSize = ^TBLSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLSize: TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLSize(const AW, AH: Double): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLBox]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Box specified as [x0, y0, x1, y1] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLBox = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLBox;
|
|
|
+ function GetWidth: Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetWidth(const AValue: Double); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetHeight: Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHeight(const AValue: Double); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBox): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBox): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: Double): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Add(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: Double): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Subtract(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: Double): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Multiply(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: Double): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator Divide(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLBox): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ function Contains(const AX, AY: Double): Boolean; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function Contains(const AP: TBLPoint): Boolean; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Double read FHandle.x1 write FHandle.x1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Double read FHandle.y1 write FHandle.y1;
|
|
|
+ property Width: Double read GetWidth write SetWidth;
|
|
|
+ property Height: Double read GetHeight write SetHeight;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLBox = ^TBLBox;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLBox: TBLBox; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double): TBLBox; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRect]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rectangle specified as [x, y, w, h] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRect = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRect;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRect): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRect): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLRect): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X: Double read FHandle.x write FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ property Y: Double read FHandle.y write FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ property W: Double read FHandle.w write FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ property H: Double read FHandle.h write FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRect = ^TBLRect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRect: TBLRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double): TBLRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLLine]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Line specified as [x0, y0, x1, y1] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLLine = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLLine;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLLine): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLLine): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLLine): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Double read FHandle.x1 write FHandle.x1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Double read FHandle.y1 write FHandle.y1;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLLine = ^TBLLine;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLLine: TBLLine; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLLine(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double): TBLLine; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLLine(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint): TBLLine; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLTriangle]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Triangle data specified as [x0, y0, x1, y1, x2, y2] using Double as a
|
|
|
+ storage type.}
|
|
|
+ TBLTriangle = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLTriangle;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLTriangle): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLTriangle): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLTriangle): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Double read FHandle.x1 write FHandle.x1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Double read FHandle.y1 write FHandle.y1;
|
|
|
+ property X2: Double read FHandle.x2 write FHandle.x2;
|
|
|
+ property Y2: Double read FHandle.y2 write FHandle.y2;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLTriangle = ^TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLTriangle: TBLTriangle; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double): TBLTriangle; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRoundRect]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rounded rectangle specified as [x, y, w, h, rx, ry] using Double as a
|
|
|
+ storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRoundRect = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRoundRect): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRoundRect): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLRoundRect): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X: Double read FHandle.x write FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ property Y: Double read FHandle.y write FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ property W: Double read FHandle.w write FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ property H: Double read FHandle.h write FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRoundRect = ^TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect: TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLCircle]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Circle specified as [cx, cy, r] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLCircle = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLCircle;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLCircle): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLCircle): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLCircle): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property CX: Double read FHandle.cx write FHandle.cx;
|
|
|
+ property CY: Double read FHandle.cy write FHandle.cy;
|
|
|
+ property R: Double read FHandle.r write FHandle.r;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLCircle = ^TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLCircle: TBLCircle; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double): TBLCircle; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLEllipse]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Ellipse specified as [cx, cy, rx, dy] using Double as a storage type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLEllipse = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLEllipse;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLEllipse): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLEllipse): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLEllipse): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property CX: Double read FHandle.cx write FHandle.cx;
|
|
|
+ property CY: Double read FHandle.cy write FHandle.cy;
|
|
|
+ property RX: Double read FHandle.rx write FHandle.rx;
|
|
|
+ property RY: Double read FHandle.ry write FHandle.ry;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLEllipse = ^TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLEllipse: TBLEllipse; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double): TBLEllipse; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLArc]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Arc specified as [cx, cy, rx, ry, start, sweep] using Double as a storage
|
|
|
+ type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLArc = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLArc;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLArc): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLArc): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLArc): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property CX: Double read FHandle.cx write FHandle.cx;
|
|
|
+ property CY: Double read FHandle.cy write FHandle.cy;
|
|
|
+ property RX: Double read FHandle.rx write FHandle.rx;
|
|
|
+ property RY: Double read FHandle.ry write FHandle.ry;
|
|
|
+ property Start: Double read FHandle.start write FHandle.start;
|
|
|
+ property Sweep: Double read FHandle.sweep write FHandle.sweep;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLArc = ^TBLArc;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLArc: TBLArc; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLArc(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double): TBLArc; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLArc(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double): TBLArc; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Globals Functions]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLAbs(const AA: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLAbs(const AA: TBLSize): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA, AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA: TBLPoint; const AB: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA: Double; const AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA, AB: TBLSize): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA, AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA: TBLPoint; const AB: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA: Double; const AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA, AB: TBLSize): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLClamp(const AA: TBLPoint; const AB, AC: Double): TBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Geometry'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Matrix'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLMatrix2D - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2D matrix type that can be obtained by querying TBLMatrix2D.MatrixType.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Identity Transl. Scale Swap Affine
|
|
|
+ [1 0] [1 0] [. 0] [0 .] [. .]
|
|
|
+ [0 1] [0 1] [0 .] [. 0] [. .]
|
|
|
+ [0 0] [. .] [. .] [. .] [. .] }
|
|
|
+ TBLMatrix2DType = (
|
|
|
+ { Identity matrix. }
|
|
|
+ Identity = BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_IDENTITY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Has translation part (the rest is like identity). }
|
|
|
+ Translate = BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_TRANSLATE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Has translation and scaling parts. }
|
|
|
+ Scale = BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_SCALE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Has translation and scaling parts, however scaling swaps X/Y. }
|
|
|
+ Swap = BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_SWAP,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Generic affine matrix. }
|
|
|
+ Affine = BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_AFFINE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid/degenerate matrix not useful for transformations. }
|
|
|
+ Invalid = BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_INVALID);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2D matrix data index. }
|
|
|
+ TBLMatrix2DValue = (
|
|
|
+ { Value at index 0 - M00. }
|
|
|
+ M00 = BL_MATRIX2D_VALUE_00,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Value at index 1 - M01. }
|
|
|
+ M01 = BL_MATRIX2D_VALUE_01,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Value at index 2 - M10. }
|
|
|
+ M10 = BL_MATRIX2D_VALUE_10,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Value at index 3 - M11. }
|
|
|
+ M11 = BL_MATRIX2D_VALUE_11,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Value at index 4 - M20. }
|
|
|
+ M20 = BL_MATRIX2D_VALUE_20,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Value at index 5 - M21. }
|
|
|
+ M21 = BL_MATRIX2D_VALUE_21);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLMatrix2D]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2D matrix represents an affine transformation matrix that can be used to
|
|
|
+ transform geometry and images. }
|
|
|
+ TBLMatrix2D = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ function GetElement(const AIndex: TBLMatrix2DValue): Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetElement(const AIndex: TBLMatrix2DValue; const AValue: Double); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetDeterminant: Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new matrix initialized to identity. }
|
|
|
+ class function MakeIdentity: TBLMatrix2D; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new matrix initialized to translation. }
|
|
|
+ class function MakeTranslation(const AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeTranslation(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeTranslation(const AP: TBLPointI): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new matrix initialized to scaling. }
|
|
|
+ class function MakeScaling(const AXY: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeScaling(const AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeScaling(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeScaling(const AP: TBLPointI): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new matrix initialized to rotation, optional around point. }
|
|
|
+ class function MakeRotation(const AAngle: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeRotation(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeRotation(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Create a new skewing matrix. }
|
|
|
+ class function MakeSkewing(const AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeSkewing(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Create a new rotation matrix specified by ASin and ACos and optional
|
|
|
+ translation. }
|
|
|
+ class function MakeSinCos(const ASin, ACos: Double; const ATranslateX: Double = 0;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslateY: Double = 0): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class function MakeSinCos(const ASin, ACos: Double; const ATranslate: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Inverts ASrc matrix and stores the result in ADst.
|
|
|
+ Returns True if the matrix has been inverted successfully. }
|
|
|
+ class function Invert(const ASrc: TBLMatrix2D; out ADst: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean; overload; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Resets matrix to identity. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new matrix initialized to:
|
|
|
+ [m00 m01]
|
|
|
+ [m10 m11]
|
|
|
+ [m20 m21] }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11, AM20, AM21: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets matrix to translation. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToTranslation(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToTranslation(const AP: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToTranslation(const AP: TBLPointI); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets matrix to scaling. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToScaling(const AXY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToScaling(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToScaling(const AP: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToScaling(const AP: TBLPointI); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets matrix to rotation, optional around point. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToRotation(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToRotation(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToRotation(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets matrix to skewing. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToSkewing(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToSkewing(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets matrix to rotation specified by ASin and ACos and optional
|
|
|
+ translation. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToSinCos(const ASin, ACos: Double; const ATranslateX: Double = 0;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslateY: Double = 0); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToSinCos(const ASin, ACos: Double; const ATranslate: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Inverts the matrix, returns True if the matrix has been inverted
|
|
|
+ successfully. }
|
|
|
+ function Invert: Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function MapPoint(const AX, AY: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function MapPoint(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function MapVector(const AX, AY: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function MapVector(const AV: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Elements[const AIndex: TBLMatrix2DValue]: Double read GetElement write SetElement; default;
|
|
|
+ property M00: Double read FHandle.m00 write FHandle.m00;
|
|
|
+ property M01: Double read FHandle.m01 write FHandle.m01;
|
|
|
+ property M10: Double read FHandle.m10 write FHandle.m10;
|
|
|
+ property M11: Double read FHandle.m11 write FHandle.m11;
|
|
|
+ property M20: Double read FHandle.m20 write FHandle.m20;
|
|
|
+ property M21: Double read FHandle.m21 write FHandle.m21;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The matrix type }
|
|
|
+ property MatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType read GetMatrixType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Calculates the matrix determinant. }
|
|
|
+ property Determinant: Double read GetDeterminant;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLMatrix2D = ^TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMatrix2D: TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLMatrix2D(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11, AM20, AM21: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Matrix'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Random'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRandom]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Simple pseudo random number generator.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The current implementation uses a PRNG called `XORSHIFT+`, which has 64-bit
|
|
|
+ seed, 128 bits of state, and full period `2^128 - 1`.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Based on a paper by Sebastiano Vigna:
|
|
|
+ http://vigna.di.unimi.it/ftp/papers/xorshiftplus.pdf }
|
|
|
+ TBLRandom = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRandom;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRandom): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRandom): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Resets the random number generator to the given ASeed. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ASeed: UInt64 = 0);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the random number generator is equivalent to AOther.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Random number generator would only be equivalent to AOther if it was
|
|
|
+ initialized from the same seed and has the same internal state. }
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLRandom): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returns the next pseudo-random UInt64 value and advances its state. }
|
|
|
+ function NextUInt64: UInt64;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returns the next pseudo-random UInt32 value and advances its state. }
|
|
|
+ function NextUInt32: UInt32;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returns the next pseudo-random Double precision floating point in [0..1)
|
|
|
+ range and advances its state. }
|
|
|
+ function NextDouble: Double;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRandom = ^TBLRandom;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Random'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Gradient'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGradient - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Gradient type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGradientType = (
|
|
|
+ { Linear gradient type. }
|
|
|
+ Linear = BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_LINEAR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Radial gradient type. }
|
|
|
+ Radial = BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_RADIAL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Conical gradient type. }
|
|
|
+ Conical = BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_CONICAL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Gradient data index. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGradientValue = (
|
|
|
+ { x0 - start 'x' for Linear/Radial and center 'x' for Conical. }
|
|
|
+ CommonX0 = BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_X0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { y0 - start 'y' for Linear/Radial and center 'y' for Conical. }
|
|
|
+ CommonY0 = BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_Y0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { x1 - end 'x' for Linear/Radial. }
|
|
|
+ CommonX1 = BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_X1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { y1 - end 'y' for Linear/Radial. }
|
|
|
+ CommonY1 = BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_Y1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Radial gradient r0 radius. }
|
|
|
+ RadialR0 = BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_RADIAL_R0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ {Conical gradient angle. }
|
|
|
+ ConicalAngle = BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_CONICAL_ANGLE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGradientStop]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Defines an Offset and Rgba color that us used by IBLGradient to define
|
|
|
+ a linear transition between colors. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGradientStop = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+ function GetRgba: TBLRgba64; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRgba(const AValue: TBLRgba64); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLGradientStop): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLGradientStop): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLGradientStop): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Offset: Double read FHandle.offset write FHandle.offset;
|
|
|
+ property Rgba: TBLRgba64 read GetRgba write SetRgba;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLGradientStop = ^TBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLGradientStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32): TBLGradientStop; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+function BLGradientStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64): TBLGradientStop; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLLinearGradientValues]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Linear gradient values packed into a record. }
|
|
|
+ TBLLinearGradientValues = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Double read FHandle.x1 write FHandle.x1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Double read FHandle.y1 write FHandle.y1;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLLinearGradientValues = ^TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLLinearGradientValues(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double): TBLLinearGradientValues; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRadialGradientValues]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Radial gradient values packed into a record. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRadialGradientValues = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AR0: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Double read FHandle.x1 write FHandle.x1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Double read FHandle.y1 write FHandle.y1;
|
|
|
+ property R0: Double read FHandle.r0 write FHandle.r0;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRadialGradientValues = ^TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRadialGradientValues(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AR0: Double): TBLRadialGradientValues; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLConicalGradientValues]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Conical gradient values packed into a record. }
|
|
|
+ TBLConicalGradientValues = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AX0, AY0, AAngle: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read FHandle.x0 write FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read FHandle.y0 write FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+ property Angle: Double read FHandle.angle write FHandle.angle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLConicalGradientValues = ^TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLConicalGradientValues(const AX0, AY0, AAngle: Double): TBLConicalGradientValues; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGradient]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Gradient }
|
|
|
+ IBLGradient = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{804D20E0-8F67-415C-BD26-E56DC3BA4DDC}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetGradientType: TBLGradientType;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGradientType(const AValue: TBLGradientType);
|
|
|
+ function GetExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExtendMode(const AValue: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+ function GetValue(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue): Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValue(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue; const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetLinear: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLinear(const AValue: TBLLinearGradientValues);
|
|
|
+ function GetRadial: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRadial(const AValue: TBLRadialGradientValues);
|
|
|
+ function GetConical: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetConical(const AValue: TBLConicalGradientValues);
|
|
|
+ function GetX0: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetX0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetY0: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetY0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetX1: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetX1(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetY1: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetY1(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetR0: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetR0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetAngle: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAngle(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetAllStops: PBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+ function GetStop(const AIndex: Integer): TBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AValue: TBLGradientStop);
|
|
|
+ function GetHasMatrix: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLGradientCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLGradient): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets the gradient extend mode to TBLExtendMode.Pad. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue; const AValues: TArray<Double>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reserves the capacity of gradient for at least ACount stops. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Shrinks the capacity of gradient stops to fit the current usage. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Shrink;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetStops;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStops(const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStop(const AIndex: Integer);
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStopByOffset(const AOffset: Double; const AAll: Boolean = True);
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStops(const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStopsByOffset(const AOffsetMin, AOffsetMax: Double);
|
|
|
+ procedure ReplaceStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReplaceStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ function IndexOfStop(const AOffset: Double): Integer;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the gradient path is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the gradient is empty.
|
|
|
+ Empty gradient is considered any gradient that has no stops. }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The type of the gradient }
|
|
|
+ property GradientType: TBLGradientType read GetGradientType write SetGradientType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The gradient extend mode }
|
|
|
+ property ExtendMode: TBLExtendMode read GetExtendMode write SetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Values[const AIndex: TBLGradientValue]: Double read GetValue write SetValue;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Linear: TBLLinearGradientValues read GetLinear write SetLinear;
|
|
|
+ property Radial: TBLRadialGradientValues read GetRadial write SetRadial;
|
|
|
+ property Conical: TBLConicalGradientValues read GetConical write SetConical;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property X0: Double read GetX0 write SetX0;
|
|
|
+ property Y0: Double read GetY0 write SetY0;
|
|
|
+ property X1: Double read GetX1 write SetX1;
|
|
|
+ property Y1: Double read GetY1 write SetY1;
|
|
|
+ property R0: Double read GetR0 write SetR0;
|
|
|
+ property Angle: Double read GetAngle write SetAngle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The number of stops the gradient has. }
|
|
|
+ property Size: Integer read GetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The gradient capacity [in stops]. }
|
|
|
+ property Capacity: Integer read GetCapacity;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The gradient stop data. }
|
|
|
+ property AllStops: PBLGradientStop read GetAllStops;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { A gradient stop at AIndex. }
|
|
|
+ property Stops[const AIndex: Integer]: TBLGradientStop read GetStop write SetStop;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property HasMatrix: Boolean read GetHasMatrix;
|
|
|
+ property MatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType read GetMatrixType;
|
|
|
+ property Matrix: TBLMatrix2D read GetMatrix write SetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLGradientCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLGradient }
|
|
|
+ TBLGradient = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLGradient)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGradientCore;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLGradient }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetGradientType: TBLGradientType;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGradientType(const AValue: TBLGradientType);
|
|
|
+ function GetExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExtendMode(const AValue: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+ function GetValue(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue): Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValue(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue; const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetLinear: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLinear(const AValue: TBLLinearGradientValues);
|
|
|
+ function GetRadial: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRadial(const AValue: TBLRadialGradientValues);
|
|
|
+ function GetConical: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetConical(const AValue: TBLConicalGradientValues);
|
|
|
+ function GetX0: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetX0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetY0: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetY0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetX1: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetX1(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetY1: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetY1(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetR0: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetR0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetAngle: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAngle(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetAllStops: PBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+ function GetStop(const AIndex: Integer): TBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AValue: TBLGradientStop);
|
|
|
+ function GetHasMatrix: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLGradientCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLGradient): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue; const AValues: TArray<Double>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetValues(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Shrink;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetStops;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStops(const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStop(const AIndex: Integer);
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStopByOffset(const AOffset: Double; const AAll: Boolean = True);
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStops(const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveStopsByOffset(const AOffsetMin, AOffsetMax: Double);
|
|
|
+ procedure ReplaceStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReplaceStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ function IndexOfStop(const AOffset: Double): Integer;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: BLGradientCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AType: TBLGradientType;
|
|
|
+ const AValues: PDouble = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.Pad;
|
|
|
+ const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop> = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Gradient'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Region'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Region type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRegionType = (
|
|
|
+ { Region is empty (has no rectangles). }
|
|
|
+ Empty = BL_REGION_TYPE_EMPTY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Region has one rectangle (rectangular). }
|
|
|
+ Rect = BL_REGION_TYPE_RECT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Region has more YX sorted rectangles. }
|
|
|
+ Complex = BL_REGION_TYPE_COMPLEX);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRegion]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLRegionView = TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2D region.
|
|
|
+ Region is a set of rectangles sorted and coalesced by their Y/X
|
|
|
+ coordinates. }
|
|
|
+ IBLRegion = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{7AFAFA57-1358-490D-A984-4017EE9E3234}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetRegionType: TBLRegionType;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsRect: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsComplex: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetData: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetDataEnd: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetBoundingBox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetView: TBLRegionView;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLRegionCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Clone: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether this region and the AOther region are equal. }
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLRegion): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ABox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reserves at least ACount boxes in this region. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Shrinks the region data so it consumes only memory it requires. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Shrink;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Combine(const ARegion: IBLRegion; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Combine(const ABox: TBLBoxI; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Translates the region by the given point APt.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Possible overflow will be handled by clipping to a maximum region
|
|
|
+ boundary, so the final region could be smaller than the region before
|
|
|
+ translation. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const APt: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Translates the region by the given point APt and clip it to the given
|
|
|
+ AClipBox. }
|
|
|
+ procedure TranslateAndClip(const APt: TBLPointI; const AClipBox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Intersects the region with AR and clip it to the given AClipBox. }
|
|
|
+ procedure IntersectAndClip(const AR: IBLRegion; const AClipBox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests if a given point APt or ABox is in region }
|
|
|
+ function HitTest(const APt: TBLPointI): TBLHitTest; overload;
|
|
|
+ function HitTest(const ABox: TBLBoxI): TBLHitTest; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the region is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the region is empty. }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The type of the region }
|
|
|
+ property RegionType: TBLRegionType read GetRegionType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the region is one rectangle. }
|
|
|
+ property IsRect: Boolean read GetIsRect;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the region is complex. }
|
|
|
+ property IsComplex: Boolean read GetIsComplex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The region size. }
|
|
|
+ property Size: Integer read GetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The region capacity. }
|
|
|
+ property Capacity: Integer read GetCapacity;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pointer to the region data. }
|
|
|
+ property Data: PBLBoxI read GetData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pointer to the end of the region data. }
|
|
|
+ property DataEnd: PBLBoxI read GetDataEnd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The region's bounding box. }
|
|
|
+ property BoundingBox: TBLBoxI read GetBoundingBox;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The region data as TBLRegionView. }
|
|
|
+ property View: TBLRegionView read GetView;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLRegionCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLRegion }
|
|
|
+ TBLRegion = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLRegion)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRegionCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLRegion }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetRegionType: TBLRegionType;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsRect: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsComplex: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetData: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetDataEnd: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetBoundingBox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ function GetView: TBLRegionView;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLRegionCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Clone: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLRegion): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ABox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+ procedure Shrink;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Combine(const ARegion: IBLRegion; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Combine(const ABox: TBLBoxI; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const APt: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure TranslateAndClip(const APt: TBLPointI; const AClipBox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure IntersectAndClip(const AR: IBLRegion; const AClipBox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function HitTest(const APt: TBLPointI): TBLHitTest; overload;
|
|
|
+ function HitTest(const ABox: TBLBoxI): TBLHitTest; overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class function Combine(const AA, AB: IBLRegion; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function Combine(const AA: IBLRegion; const AB: TBLBoxI; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function Combine(const AA: TBLBoxI; const AB: IBLRegion; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function Combine(const AA, AB: TBLBoxI; const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class function Translate(const AR: IBLRegion; const APt: TBLPointI): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function TranslateAndClip(const AR: IBLRegion; const APt: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const AClipBox: TBLBoxI): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function IntersectAndClip(const AA, AB: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const AClipBox: TBLBoxI): IBLRegion; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Region'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Path'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Path command. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPathCmd = (
|
|
|
+ { Move-to command (starts a new figure). }
|
|
|
+ Move = BL_PATH_CMD_MOVE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { On-path command (interpreted as line-to or the end of a curve). }
|
|
|
+ &On = BL_PATH_CMD_ON,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Quad-to control point. }
|
|
|
+ Quad = BL_PATH_CMD_QUAD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Cubic-to control point (always used as a pair of commands). }
|
|
|
+ Cubic = BL_PATH_CMD_CUBIC,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Close path. }
|
|
|
+ Close = BL_PATH_CMD_CLOSE);
|
|
|
+ PBLPathCmd = ^TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Path flags. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPathFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Path is empty (no commands or close commands only). }
|
|
|
+ Empty = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path contains multiple figures. }
|
|
|
+ Multiple = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path contains quad curves (at least one). }
|
|
|
+ Quads = 2,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path contains cubic curves (at least one). }
|
|
|
+ Cubics = 3,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path is invalid. }
|
|
|
+ Invalid = 30,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Flags are dirty (not reflecting the current status). }
|
|
|
+ Dirty = 31);
|
|
|
+ TBLPathFlags = set of TBLPathFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Path reversal mode. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPathReverseMode = (
|
|
|
+ { Reverse each figure and their order as well (default). }
|
|
|
+ Complete = BL_PATH_REVERSE_MODE_COMPLETE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reverse each figure separately (keeps their order). }
|
|
|
+ Separate = BL_PATH_REVERSE_MODE_SEPARATE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Stroke join type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLStrokeJoin = (
|
|
|
+ { Miter-join possibly clipped at MiterLimit [default]. }
|
|
|
+ MiterClip = BL_STROKE_JOIN_MITER_CLIP,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Miter-join or bevel-join depending on MiterLimit condition. }
|
|
|
+ MiterBevel = BL_STROKE_JOIN_MITER_BEVEL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Miter-join or round-join depending on MiterLimit condition. }
|
|
|
+ MiterRound = BL_STROKE_JOIN_MITER_ROUND,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bevel-join. }
|
|
|
+ Bevel = BL_STROKE_JOIN_BEVEL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Round-join. }
|
|
|
+ Round = BL_STROKE_JOIN_ROUND);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Position of a stroke-cap. }
|
|
|
+ TBLStrokeCapPosition = (
|
|
|
+ { Start of the path. }
|
|
|
+ Start = BL_STROKE_CAP_POSITION_START,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { End of the path. }
|
|
|
+ Finish = BL_STROKE_CAP_POSITION_END);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { A presentation attribute defining the shape to be used at the end of open
|
|
|
+ subpaths. }
|
|
|
+ TBLStrokeCap = (
|
|
|
+ { Butt cap [default]. }
|
|
|
+ Butt = BL_STROKE_CAP_BUTT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Square cap. }
|
|
|
+ Square = BL_STROKE_CAP_SQUARE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Round cap. }
|
|
|
+ Round = BL_STROKE_CAP_ROUND,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Round cap reversed. }
|
|
|
+ RoundRev = BL_STROKE_CAP_ROUND_REV,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Triangle cap. }
|
|
|
+ Triangle = BL_STROKE_CAP_TRIANGLE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Triangle cap reversed. }
|
|
|
+ TriangleRev = BL_STROKE_CAP_TRIANGLE_REV);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Stroke transform order. }
|
|
|
+ TBLStrokeTransformOrder = (
|
|
|
+ { Transform after stroke => Transform(Stroke(Input)) [default]. }
|
|
|
+ After = BL_STROKE_TRANSFORM_ORDER_AFTER,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Transform before stroke => Stroke(Transform(Input)). }
|
|
|
+ Before = BL_STROKE_TRANSFORM_ORDER_BEFORE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Mode that specifies how curves are approximated to line segments. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFlattenMode = (
|
|
|
+ { Use default mode (decided by Blend2D). }
|
|
|
+ Default = BL_FLATTEN_MODE_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Recursive subdivision flattening. }
|
|
|
+ Recursive = BL_FLATTEN_MODE_RECURSIVE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Mode that specifies how to construct offset curves. }
|
|
|
+ TBLOffsetMode = (
|
|
|
+ { Use default mode (decided by Blend2D). }
|
|
|
+ Default = BL_OFFSET_MODE_DEFAULT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Iterative offset construction. }
|
|
|
+ Iterative = BL_OFFSET_MODE_ITERATIVE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { TODO : Implement once added to Blend2D }
|
|
|
+ TBLFitFlag = (_);
|
|
|
+ TBLFitFlags = set of TBLFitFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLApproximationOptions]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Options used to describe how geometry is approximated.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This struct cannot be simply zeroed and then passed to functions that accept
|
|
|
+ approximation options. Use BLApproximationOptions.Default to setup defaults
|
|
|
+ and then alter values you want to change. }
|
|
|
+ TBLApproximationOptions = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private class var
|
|
|
+ FDefault: BLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetOffsetMode: TBLOffsetMode; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlattenMode(const AValue: TBLFlattenMode); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOffsetMode(const AValue: TBLOffsetMode); inline;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ class function GetDefault: TBLApproximationOptions; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Specifies how curves are flattened }
|
|
|
+ property FlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode read GetFlattenMode write SetFlattenMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Specifies how curves are offsetted (used by stroking) }
|
|
|
+ property OffsetMode: TBLOffsetMode read GetOffsetMode write SetOffsetMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tolerance used to flatten curves. }
|
|
|
+ property FlattenTolerance: Double read FHandle.flattenTolerance write FHandle.flattenTolerance;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tolerance used to approximatecubic curves qith quadratic curves. }
|
|
|
+ property SimplifyTolerance: Double read FHandle.simplifyTolerance write FHandle.simplifyTolerance;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Curve offsetting parameter, exact meaning depends on OffsetMode. }
|
|
|
+ property OffsetParameter: Double read FHandle.offsetParameter write FHandle.offsetParameter;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Default approximation options }
|
|
|
+ class property Default: TBLApproximationOptions read GetDefault;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLApproximationOptions = ^TBLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLStrokeOptions]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Stroke options. }
|
|
|
+ TBLStrokeOptions = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private type
|
|
|
+ TScope = class(TInterfacedObject)
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: PBLStrokeOptionsCore;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: PBLStrokeOptionsCore);
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLStrokeOptionsCore;
|
|
|
+ FScope: IInterface;
|
|
|
+ function GetStartCap: TBLStrokeCap; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStartCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetEndCap: TBLStrokeCap; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetEndCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetJoin: TBLStrokeJoin; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetJoin(const AValue: TBLStrokeJoin); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetTransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTransformOrder(const AValue: TBLStrokeTransformOrder); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetDashArray: TArray<Double>; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDashArray(const AValue: TArray<Double>);
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCaps(const ACap: TBLStrokeCap); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCaps(const AStartCap, AEndCap: TBLStrokeCap); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property StartCap: TBLStrokeCap read GetStartCap write SetStartCap;
|
|
|
+ property EndCap: TBLStrokeCap read GetEndCap write SetEndCap;
|
|
|
+ property Join: TBLStrokeJoin read GetJoin write SetJoin;
|
|
|
+ property TransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder read GetTransformOrder write SetTransformOrder;
|
|
|
+ property Width: Double read FHandle.width write FHandle.width;
|
|
|
+ property MiterLimit: Double read FHandle.miterLimit write FHandle.miterLimit;
|
|
|
+ property DashOffset: Double read FHandle.dashOffset write FHandle.dashOffset;
|
|
|
+ property DashArray: TArray<Double> read GetDashArray write SetDashArray;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLStrokeOptions = ^TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPath - View]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2D path view provides pointers to vertex and command data along with their
|
|
|
+ size. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPathView = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPathView;
|
|
|
+ function GetCommands: PBLPathCmd; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetVertices: PBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ACommands: PBLPathCmd; const AVertices: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Commands: PBLPathCmd read GetCommands;
|
|
|
+ property Vertices: PBLPoint read GetVertices;
|
|
|
+ property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLPathView = ^TBLPathView;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPathView(const ACommands: PBLPathCmd; const AVertices: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer): TBLPathView; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPath]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2D vector path }
|
|
|
+ IBLPath = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{18B368F9-0E76-4C83-9B21-06CDB127430E}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetVertexData: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ function GetVertexDataEnd: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ function GetLastVertex: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ function GetCommandData: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ function GetCommandDataEnd: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ function GetView: TBLPathView;
|
|
|
+ function GetInfoFlags: TBLPathFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetControlBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ function GetBoundingBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ function GetFigureRange(const AIndex: Integer): TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLPathCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Clone: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether this path and the AOther path are equal.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The equality check is deep. The data of both paths is examined and binary
|
|
|
+ compared (thus a slight difference like -0 and +0 would make the equality
|
|
|
+ check to fail). }
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLPath): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clears the content of the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Shrinks the capacity of the path to fit the current usage. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Shrink;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reserves the capacity of the path for at least ACoount vertices and
|
|
|
+ commands. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Sets vertex at AIndex to ACmd and APt.
|
|
|
+ Set APreserve to True to preserve the current command.}
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVertexAt(const AIndex: Integer; const ACmd: TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const APt: TBLPoint; const APreserve: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Sets vertex at AIndex to ACmd and [AX, AY].
|
|
|
+ Set APreserve to True to preserve the current command.}
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVertexAt(const AIndex: Integer; const ACmd: TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const AX, AY: Double; const APreserve: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Moves to AP0.
|
|
|
+ Appends TBLPathCmd.Move[AP0] command to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure MoveTo(const AP0: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Moves to [AX0, AY0].
|
|
|
+ Appends TBLPathCmd.Move[AX0, AY0] command to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure MoveTo(const AX0, AY0: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds line to AP1.
|
|
|
+ Appends TBLPathCmd.On[AP1] command to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure LineTo(const AP1: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds line to [AX1, AY1].
|
|
|
+ Appends TBLPathCmd.On[AX1, AY1] command to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure LineTo(const AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a polyline (LineTo) of the given APoly array.
|
|
|
+ Appends multiple TBLPathCmd.On[X, Y] commands to the path depending. }
|
|
|
+ procedure PolyTo(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PolyTo(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a quadratic curve to AP1 and AP2.
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Quad[AP1]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AP2]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'Q' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataQuadraticBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure QuadTo(const AP1, AP2: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a quadratic curve to [AX1, AY1] and [AX2, AY2].
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Quad[AX1, AY1]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AX2, AY2]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'Q' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataQuadraticBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure QuadTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a cubic curve to AP1, AP2 and AP3.
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[AP1]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[AP2]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AP3]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'C' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataCubicBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure CubicTo(const AP1, AP2, AP3: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a cubic curve to [AX1, AY1], [AX2, AY2] and [AX3, AY3].
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[AX1, AY1]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[AX2, AY2]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AX3, AY3]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'C' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataCubicBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure CubicTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a smooth quadratic curve to AP2, calculating AP1 from last points.
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Quad[calculated]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AP2]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'T' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataQuadraticBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothQuadTo(const AP2: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a smooth quadratic curve to [AX2, AY2], calculating [AX1, AY1] from
|
|
|
+ last points.
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Quad[calculated]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AX2, AY2]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'T' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataQuadraticBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothQuadTo(const AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a smooth cubic curve to AP2 and AP3, calculating AP1 from last
|
|
|
+ points.
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[calculated]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[AP2]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[AP3]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'S' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataCubicBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothCubicTo(const AP2, AP3: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a smooth cubic curve to [AX2, AY2] and [AX3, AY3], calculating
|
|
|
+ [AX1, AY1] from last points.
|
|
|
+ Appends the following commands to the path:
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[calculated]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.Cubic[[AX2, AY2]]
|
|
|
+ * TBLPathCmd.On[[AX3, AY3]]
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'S' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataCubicBezierCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothCubicTo(const AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an arc to the path.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The center of the arc is specified by AC and radius by AR. Both AStart
|
|
|
+ and ASweep angles are in radians. If the last vertex doesn't match the
|
|
|
+ start of the arc then a LineTo would be emitted before adding the arc.
|
|
|
+ Pass True in AForceMoveTo to always emit MoveTo at the beginning of the
|
|
|
+ arc, which starts a new figure. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcTo(const AC, AR: TBLPoint; const AStart, ASweep: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AForceMoveTo: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcTo(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AForceMoveTo: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an arc quadrant (90deg) to the path. The first point AP1 specifies
|
|
|
+ the quadrant corner and the last point AP2 specifies the end point. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcQuadrantTo(const AP1, AP2: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcQuadrantTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an elliptic arc to the path that follows the SVG specification.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'A' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataEllipticalArcCommands }
|
|
|
+ procedure EllipticArcTo(const ARP: TBLPoint; const AXAxisRotation: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag: Boolean; const AP1: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure EllipticArcTo(const ARX, ARY, AXAxisRotation: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag: Boolean; const AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Closes the current figure.
|
|
|
+ Appends TBLPathCmd.Close to the path.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Matches SVG 'Z' path command:
|
|
|
+ https://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataClosePathCommand }
|
|
|
+ procedure Close;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed rectangle to the path specified by ABox. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBox(const ABox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed rectangle to the path specified by [AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1]. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed rectangle to the path specified by ARect. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRect(const ARect: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRect(const ARect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed rectangle to the path specified by [AX, AY, AW, AH]. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a geometry to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddGeometry(const AGeometryType: TBLGeometryType;
|
|
|
+ const AGeometryData: Pointer; const AMatrix: PBLMatrix2D = nil;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed circle to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed ellipse to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed rounded ractangle to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an open arc to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddArc(const AArc: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddArc(const AArc: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed chord to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddChord(const AChord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddChord(const AChord: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed pie to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPie(const APie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPie(const APie: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an open line to the path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddLine(const ALine: TBLLine;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddLine(const ALine: TBLLine; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed triangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a polyline. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a polygon. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an array of closed boxes. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds an array of closed rectangles. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a closed region (converted to set of rectangles). }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath to this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath sliced by the given ARange to this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath translated by ATranslate to this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ATranslate: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath translated by ATranslate and sliced by the given ARange
|
|
|
+ to this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslate: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath transformed by AMatrix to this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath transformed by AMatrix and sliced by the given ARange to
|
|
|
+ this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds other APath, but reversed. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddReversedPath(const APath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ const AReverseMode: TBLPathReverseMode); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddReversedPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AReverseMode: TBLPathReverseMode); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a stroke of APath to this path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStrokedPath(const APath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ const AStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ const AApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStrokedPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ const AApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Manipulation }
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveRange(const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Translates the whole path by AP. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Translates a part of the path specified by the given ARange by AP. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const ARange: TBLRange; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Transforms the whole path by AMatrix. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Transforms a part of the path specified by the given ARange by AMatrix. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const ARange: TBLRange; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fits the whole path into the given ARect by taking into account fit flags
|
|
|
+ passed by AFitFlags. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FitTo(const ARect: TBLRect; const AFitFlags: TBLFitFlags = []); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fits a part of the path specified by the given ARange into the given ARect
|
|
|
+ by taking into account fit flags passed by AFitFlags. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FitTo(const ARange: TBLRange; const ARect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const AFitFlags: TBLFitFlags = []); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function GetClosestVertex(const AP: TBLPoint; const AMaxDistance: Double): Integer; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetClosestVertex(const AP: TBLPoint; const AMaxDistance: Double;
|
|
|
+ out AActualDistance: Double): Integer; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Hit tests the given point AP by respecting the given AFillRule. }
|
|
|
+ function HitTest(const AP: TBLPoint; const AFillRule: TBLFillRule): TBLHitTest;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the 2D path is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the 2D path is empty (its size equals zero). }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Count of vertices used }
|
|
|
+ property Count: Integer read GetCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path capacity (count of allocated vertices) }
|
|
|
+ property Capacity: Integer read GetCapacity;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path's vertex data (read-only). }
|
|
|
+ property VertexData: PBLPoint read GetVertexData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { End of path's vertex data (read-only). }
|
|
|
+ property VertexDataEnd: PBLPoint read GetVertexDataEnd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The last vertex of the path. If the very last command of the path is
|
|
|
+ TBLPathCmd.Close then the path will be iterated in reverse order to match
|
|
|
+ the initial vertex of the last figure. }
|
|
|
+ property LastVertex: TBLPoint read GetLastVertex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Path's command data (read-only). }
|
|
|
+ property CommandData: PBLPathCmd read GetCommandData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { End of path's command data (read-only). }
|
|
|
+ property CommandDataEnd: PBLPathCmd read GetCommandDataEnd;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The path data as a read-only TBLPathView. }
|
|
|
+ property View: TBLPathView read GetView;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Update a path information if necessary. }
|
|
|
+ property InfoFlags: TBLPathFlags read GetInfoFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The bounding box of all vertices and control points.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Control box is simply bounds of all vertices the path has without further
|
|
|
+ processing. It contains both on-path and off-path points. Consider using
|
|
|
+ BoundingBox if you need a visual bounding box. }
|
|
|
+ property ControlBox: TBLBox read GetControlBox;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The bounding box of all on-path vertices and curve extremas.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The bounding box could be smaller than a bounding box obtained by
|
|
|
+ ControlBox as it's calculated by merging only start/end points and curves
|
|
|
+ at their extremas (not control points). The resulting bounding box
|
|
|
+ represents a visual bounds of the path. }
|
|
|
+ property BoundingBox: TBLBox read GetBoundingBox;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The range describing figures at the given AIndex. }
|
|
|
+ property FigureRanges[const AIndex: Integer]: TBLRange read GetFigureRange;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLPathCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Optional callback that can be used to consume a path data. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPathSinkEvent = function(const APath: IBLPath; const AInfo: Pointer): TBLResultCode of object;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLPath }
|
|
|
+ TBLPath = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLPath)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPathCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLPath }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetVertexData: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ function GetVertexDataEnd: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ function GetLastVertex: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ function GetCommandData: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ function GetCommandDataEnd: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ function GetView: TBLPathView;
|
|
|
+ function GetInfoFlags: TBLPathFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetControlBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ function GetBoundingBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ function GetFigureRange(const AIndex: Integer): TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLPathCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Clone: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLPath): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
+ procedure Shrink;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVertexAt(const AIndex: Integer; const ACmd: TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const APt: TBLPoint; const APreserve: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetVertexAt(const AIndex: Integer; const ACmd: TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const AX, AY: Double; const APreserve: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure MoveTo(const AP0: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure MoveTo(const AX0, AY0: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure LineTo(const AP1: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure LineTo(const AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PolyTo(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PolyTo(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure QuadTo(const AP1, AP2: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure QuadTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure CubicTo(const AP1, AP2, AP3: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure CubicTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothQuadTo(const AP2: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothQuadTo(const AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothCubicTo(const AP2, AP3: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SmoothCubicTo(const AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcTo(const AC, AR: TBLPoint; const AStart, ASweep: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AForceMoveTo: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcTo(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AForceMoveTo: Boolean = False); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcQuadrantTo(const AP1, AP2: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ArcQuadrantTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure EllipticArcTo(const ARP: TBLPoint; const AXAxisRotation: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag: Boolean; const AP1: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure EllipticArcTo(const ARX, ARY, AXAxisRotation: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag: Boolean; const AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Close;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBox(const ABox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRect(const ARect: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRect(const ARect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddGeometry(const AGeometryType: TBLGeometryType;
|
|
|
+ const AGeometryData: Pointer; const AMatrix: PBLMatrix2D = nil;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddArc(const AArc: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddArc(const AArc: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddChord(const AChord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddChord(const AChord: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPie(const APie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPie(const APie: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddLine(const ALine: TBLLine;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddLine(const ALine: TBLLine; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection = TBLGeometryDirection.CW); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ATranslate: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslate: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddReversedPath(const APath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ const AReverseMode: TBLPathReverseMode); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddReversedPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AReverseMode: TBLPathReverseMode); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStrokedPath(const APath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ const AStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ const AApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddStrokedPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ const AApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure RemoveRange(const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const ARange: TBLRange; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const ARange: TBLRange; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FitTo(const ARect: TBLRect; const AFitFlags: TBLFitFlags = []); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FitTo(const ARange: TBLRange; const ARect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const AFitFlags: TBLFitFlags = []); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function GetClosestVertex(const AP: TBLPoint; const AMaxDistance: Double): Integer; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetClosestVertex(const AP: TBLPoint; const AMaxDistance: Double;
|
|
|
+ out AActualDistance: Double): Integer; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function HitTest(const AP: TBLPoint; const AFillRule: TBLFillRule): TBLHitTest;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Path'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Format'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Compatibility Table
|
|
|
+ -------------------
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ +---------------------+---------------------+-----------------------------+
|
|
|
+ | Blend2D Format | Cairo Format | QImage::Format |
|
|
|
+ +---------------------+---------------------+-----------------------------+
|
|
|
+ | BL_FORMAT_PRGB32 | CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32 | Format_ARGB32_Premultiplied |
|
|
|
+ | BL_FORMAT_XRGB32 | CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24 | Format_RGB32 |
|
|
|
+ | BL_FORMAT_A8 | CAIRO_FORMAT_A8 | n/a |
|
|
|
+ +---------------------+---------------------+-----------------------------+ }
|
|
|
+ TBLFormat = (
|
|
|
+ { None or invalid pixel format. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_FORMAT_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 32-bit premultiplied ARGB pixel format (8-bit components). }
|
|
|
+ PRGB32 = BL_FORMAT_PRGB32,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 32-bit (X)RGB pixel format (8-bit components, alpha ignored). }
|
|
|
+ XRGB32 = BL_FORMAT_XRGB32,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 8-bit alpha-only pixel format. }
|
|
|
+ A8 = BL_FORMAT_A8);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format flags. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFormatFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format provides RGB components. }
|
|
|
+ RGB = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format provides only alpha component. }
|
|
|
+ Alpha = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format provides LUM component (and not RGB components). }
|
|
|
+ LUM = 2,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Indexed pixel format the requres a palette (I/O only). }
|
|
|
+ Indexed = 4,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { RGB components are premultiplied by alpha component. }
|
|
|
+ Premultiplied = 8,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format doesn't use native byte-order (I/O only). }
|
|
|
+ ByteSwap = 9,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The following flags are only informative. They are part of BLFormatInfo,
|
|
|
+ but doesn't have to be passed to IBLPixelConverter as they can be easily
|
|
|
+ calculated. }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel components are byte aligned (all 8bpp). }
|
|
|
+ ByteAligned = 16,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel has some undefined bits that represent no information.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ For example a 32-bit XRGB pixel has 8 undefined bits that are usually set
|
|
|
+ to all ones so the format can be interpreted as premultiplied RGB as well.
|
|
|
+ There are other formats like 16_0555 where the bit has no information and
|
|
|
+ is usually set to zero. Blend2D doesn't rely on the content of such bits. }
|
|
|
+ UndefinedBits = 17,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Little-endian format.
|
|
|
+ Note: This is not a real flag that you can test, it's only provided for
|
|
|
+ convenience to define little endian pixel formats. }
|
|
|
+ LittleEndian = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Big-endian format.
|
|
|
+ Note: This is not a real flag that you can test, it's only provided for
|
|
|
+ convenience to define little endian pixel formats. }
|
|
|
+ BigEndian = ByteSwap);
|
|
|
+ TBLFormatFlags = set of TBLFormatFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ _TBLFormatFlagsHelper = record helper for TBLFormatFlags
|
|
|
+ public const
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format provides RGB and Alpha components. }
|
|
|
+ RGBA = [TBLFormatFlag.RGB, TBLFormatFlag.Alpha];
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel format provides LUM and Alpha components (and not RGB components). }
|
|
|
+ LUMA = [TBLFormatFlag.LUM, TBLFormatFlag.Alpha];
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFormatInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Provides a detailed information about a pixel format. Use the TBLFormat.Info
|
|
|
+ property to get information of Blend2D native pixel formats. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFormatInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLFormatFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlags(const AValue: TBLFormatFlags); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetPalette: PBLRgba32; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLFormatInfo): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLFormatInfo): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const ADepth: Integer; const AFlags: TBLFormatFlags;
|
|
|
+ const ARSize, AGSize, ABSize, AASize, ARShift, AGShift, ABShift,
|
|
|
+ AAShift: Byte); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSizes(const ARSize, AGSize, ABSize, AASize: Byte); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetShifts(const ARShift, AGShift, ABShift, AAShift: Byte); inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Query Blend2D AFormat and copy it to this format info.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Raises TBLResultCode.InvalidValue if the format is invalid (and resets
|
|
|
+ this record in that case).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: TBLFormat.None is considered an invalid format, thus if it's passed
|
|
|
+ to Query, a TBLResultCode.InvalidValue error is raised. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Query(const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Sanitize this record.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Sanitizer verifies whether the format is valid and updates the format
|
|
|
+ information about flags to values that Blend2D expects. For example
|
|
|
+ format flags are properly examined and simplified if possible, byte-swap
|
|
|
+ is implicitly performed for formats where a single component matches one
|
|
|
+ byte, etc... }
|
|
|
+ procedure Sanitize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Depth: Integer read FHandle.depth write FHandle.depth;
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLFormatFlags read GetFlags write SetFlags;
|
|
|
+ property RedSize: Byte read FHandle.rSize write FHandle.rSize;
|
|
|
+ property GreenSize: Byte read FHandle.gSize write FHandle.gSize;
|
|
|
+ property BlueSize: Byte read FHandle.bSize write FHandle.bSize;
|
|
|
+ property AlphaSize: Byte read FHandle.aSize write FHandle.aSize;
|
|
|
+ property RedShift: Byte read FHandle.rShift write FHandle.rShift;
|
|
|
+ property GreenShift: Byte read FHandle.gShift write FHandle.gShift;
|
|
|
+ property BlueShift: Byte read FHandle.bShift write FHandle.bShift;
|
|
|
+ property AlphaShift: Byte read FHandle.aShift write FHandle.aShift;
|
|
|
+ property Palette: PBLRgba32 read GetPalette;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFormatInfo = ^TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Additional information about pixel formats }
|
|
|
+ _TBLFormatHelper = record helper for TBLFormat
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ function GetInfo: TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Information about this pixel format }
|
|
|
+ property Info: TBLFormatInfo read GetInfo;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Format'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Image'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImage - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Flags used by TBLImageInfo. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageInfoFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Progressive mode. }
|
|
|
+ Progressive = 0);
|
|
|
+ TBLImageInfoFlags = set of TBLImageInfoFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImage - Info]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Image information provided by image codecs. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetCompression: String; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetDensity: TBLSize; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetDepth: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLFormatFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFormat: String; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFrameCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetPlaneCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: TBLSizeI; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image size. }
|
|
|
+ property Size: TBLSizeI read GetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pixel density per one meter, can contain fractions. }
|
|
|
+ property Density: TBLSize read GetDensity;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image flags. }
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLFormatFlags read GetFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image depth. }
|
|
|
+ property Depth: Integer read GetDepth;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of planes. }
|
|
|
+ property PlaneCount: Integer read GetPlaneCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of frames (0 = unknown/unspecified). }
|
|
|
+ property FrameCount: Integer read GetFrameCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image format (as understood by codec). }
|
|
|
+ property Format: String read GetFormat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image compression (as understood by codec). }
|
|
|
+ property Compression: String read GetCompression;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLImageInfo = ^TBLImageInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImage - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Filter type used by IBLImage.Scale. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageScaleFilter = (
|
|
|
+ { No filter or uninitialized. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Nearest neighbor filter (radius 1.0). }
|
|
|
+ Nearest = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_NEAREST,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bilinear filter (radius 1.0). }
|
|
|
+ Bilinear = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_BILINEAR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bicubic filter (radius 2.0). }
|
|
|
+ Bicubic = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_BICUBIC,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bell filter (radius 1.5). }
|
|
|
+ Bell = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_BELL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Gauss filter (radius 2.0). }
|
|
|
+ Gauss = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_GAUSS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Hermite filter (radius 1.0). }
|
|
|
+ Hermite = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_HERMITE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Hanning filter (radius 1.0). }
|
|
|
+ Hanning = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_HANNING,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Catrom filter (radius 2.0). }
|
|
|
+ Catrom = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_CATROM,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bessel filter (radius 3.2383). }
|
|
|
+ Bessel = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_BESSEL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Sinc filter (radius 2.0, adjustable through TLImageScaleOptions). }
|
|
|
+ Sinc = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_SINC,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Lanczos filter (radius 2.0, adjustable through TBLImageScaleOptions). }
|
|
|
+ Lanczos = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_LANCZOS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Blackman filter (radius 2.0, adjustable through TBLImageScaleOptions). }
|
|
|
+ Blackman = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_BLACKMAN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Mitchell filter (radius 2.0, parameters 'b' and 'c' passed through
|
|
|
+ TBLImageScaleOptions). }
|
|
|
+ Mitchell = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_MITCHELL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Filter using a user-function, must be passed through
|
|
|
+ TBLImageScaleOptions. }
|
|
|
+ User = BL_IMAGE_SCALE_FILTER_USER);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImage - Typedefs]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { A user function that can be used by IBLImage.Scale. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageScaleUserFunc = function(const ADst, AArray: PDouble;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: NativeInt; const AData: Pointer): Integer; cdecl;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImage - Data]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Data that describes a raster image. Used by IBLImage. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageData = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageData;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLFormatFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFormat: TBLFormat; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: TBLSizeI; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlags(const AValue: TBLFormatFlags); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFormat(const AValue: TBLFormat); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSize(const AValue: TBLSizeI); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property PixelData: Pointer read FHandle.pixelData write FHandle.pixelData;
|
|
|
+ property Stride: NativeInt read FHandle.stride write FHandle.stride;
|
|
|
+ property Size: TBLSizeI read GetSize write SetSize;
|
|
|
+ property Format: TBLFormat read GetFormat write SetFormat;
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLFormatFlags read GetFlags write SetFlags;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLImageData = ^TBLImageData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImage - ScaleOptions]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Options that can used to customize image scaling. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageScaleOptions = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageScaleOptions;
|
|
|
+ function GetUserFunc: TBLImageScaleUserFunc; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUserFunc(const AValue: TBLImageScaleUserFunc); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetToDefaults; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property UserFunc: TBLImageScaleUserFunc read GetUserFunc write SetUserFunc;
|
|
|
+ property UserData: Pointer read FHandle.userData write FHandle.userData;
|
|
|
+ property Radius: Double read FHandle.radius write FHandle.radius;
|
|
|
+ property MitchellB: Double read FHandle.mitchell.b write FHandle.mitchell.b;
|
|
|
+ property MitchellC: Double read FHandle.mitchell.c write FHandle.mitchell.c;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLImageScaleOptions = ^TBLImageScaleOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ IBLImage = interface;
|
|
|
+ IBLImageCodec = interface;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { This event is called when IBLImage.InitializeFromData is used and the image
|
|
|
+ is destroyed. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageDestroyEvent = procedure (const AImage: IBLImage) of object;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 2D raster image }
|
|
|
+ IBLImage = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{9E756ED1-76AB-4318-92BD-F6D7F14447A5}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetWidth: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ function GetFormat: TBLFormat;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes a new image of a specified width, height, and format. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat = TBLFormat.PRGB32);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes a new image from external data.
|
|
|
+ The pixel data is *not* copied and must stay alive as long as the image
|
|
|
+ is alive. Use AOnDestroy to get notified when the image is destroyed and
|
|
|
+ you can safely free the pixel data. }
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat; const APixelData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AStride: Integer; const AOnDestroy: TBLImageDestroyEvent = nil);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Clone: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImage): Boolean;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetData(out AData: TBLImageData);
|
|
|
+ procedure MakeMutable; overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure MakeMutable(out AData: TBLImageData); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Convert(const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+ procedure ScaleTo(const ADest: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ScaleTo(const ADest: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter; const AOptions: TBLImageScaleOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromFile(const AFilename: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: TBytes); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AView: TBLArrayView<Byte>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AView: TBLArrayView<Byte>;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure WriteToFile(const AFilename: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure WriteToFile(const AFilename: String; const ACodec: IBLImageCodec); overload;
|
|
|
+ function WriteToData(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec): TBytes;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the image is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the image is empty (has no size). }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image width. }
|
|
|
+ property Width: Integer read GetWidth;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image height. }
|
|
|
+ property Height: Integer read GetHeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image size. }
|
|
|
+ property Size: TBLSizeI read GetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image format. }
|
|
|
+ property Format: TBLFormat read GetFormat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLImageCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLImage }
|
|
|
+ TBLImage = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLImage)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private type
|
|
|
+ TDestroyData = record
|
|
|
+ Image: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ Event: TBLImageDestroyEvent;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PDestroyData = ^TDestroyData;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageCore;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ class procedure DoDestroy(impl, destroyData: Pointer); cdecl; static;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLImage }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetWidth: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ function GetFormat: TBLFormat;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat; const APixelData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AStride: Integer; const AOnDestroy: TBLImageDestroyEvent);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Clone: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImage): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetData(out AData: TBLImageData);
|
|
|
+ procedure MakeMutable; overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure MakeMutable(out AData: TBLImageData); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Convert(const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+ procedure ScaleTo(const ADest: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ScaleTo(const ADest: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter; const AOptions: TBLImageScaleOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromFile(const AFilename: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: TBytes); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AData: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AView: TBLArrayView<Byte>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadFromData(const AView: TBLArrayView<Byte>;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure WriteToFile(const AFilename: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure WriteToFile(const AFilename: String; const ACodec: IBLImageCodec); overload;
|
|
|
+ function WriteToData(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec): TBytes;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: BLImageCore; const AIsReference: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat = TBLFormat.PRGB32); overload;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ class procedure Scale(const ASrc, ADst: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter); overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure Scale(const ASrc, ADst: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter; const AOptions: TBLImageScaleOptions); overload; static;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Image'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Image Codec'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImageCodec - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec feature bits. }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageCodecFeature = (
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports reading images (can create IBLImageDecoder). }
|
|
|
+ Read = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports writing images (can create IBLImageEncoder). }
|
|
|
+ Write = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports lossless compression. }
|
|
|
+ Lossless = 2,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports lossy compression. }
|
|
|
+ Lossy = 3,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports writing multiple frames (GIF). }
|
|
|
+ MultiFrame = 4,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports IPTC metadata. }
|
|
|
+ IPTC = 28,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports EXIF metadata. }
|
|
|
+ EXIF = 29,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec supports XMP metadata. }
|
|
|
+ XMP = 30);
|
|
|
+ TBLImageCodecFeatures = set of TBLImageCodecFeature;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImageDecoder]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image decoder }
|
|
|
+ IBLImageDecoder = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{D68437C2-E6EF-46F1-9191-28F844EF17C6}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetLastResult: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ function GetFrameIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetBufferIndex: NativeInt;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageDecoderCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImageDecoder): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Restart;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadInfo(const ABuffer: TBytes; out AInfo: TBLImageInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadInfo(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>; out AInfo: TBLImageInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadInfo(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer; out AInfo: TBLImageInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function ReadFrame(const ABuffer: TBytes): IBLImage; overload;
|
|
|
+ function ReadFrame(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>): IBLImage; overload;
|
|
|
+ function ReadFrame(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer): IBLImage; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the image decoder is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Last decoding result. }
|
|
|
+ property LastResult: TBLResultCode read GetLastResult;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current frame index (to be decoded). }
|
|
|
+ property FrameIndex: Integer read GetFrameIndex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Position in source buffer. }
|
|
|
+ property BufferIndex: NativeInt read GetBufferIndex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLImageDecoderCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLImageDecoder }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageDecoder = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLImageDecoder)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageDecoderCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLImageDecoder }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetLastResult: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ function GetFrameIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetBufferIndex: NativeInt;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageDecoderCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImageDecoder): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Restart;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadInfo(const ABuffer: TBytes; out AInfo: TBLImageInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadInfo(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>; out AInfo: TBLImageInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ReadInfo(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer; out AInfo: TBLImageInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function ReadFrame(const ABuffer: TBytes): IBLImage; overload;
|
|
|
+ function ReadFrame(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>): IBLImage; overload;
|
|
|
+ function ReadFrame(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer): IBLImage; overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImageEncoder]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image encoder }
|
|
|
+ IBLImageEncoder = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{D754FC7A-AC83-4543-8200-AE896920FFB0}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetLastResult: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ function GetFrameIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetBufferIndex: NativeInt;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageEncoderCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImageEncoder): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Restart;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Encodes the given AImage and returns the encoded data. }
|
|
|
+ function WriteFrame(const AImage: IBLImage): TBytes;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the image encoder is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Last encoding result. }
|
|
|
+ property LastResult: TBLResultCode read GetLastResult;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current frame index (yet to be written). }
|
|
|
+ property FrameIndex: Integer read GetFrameIndex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Position in destination buffer. }
|
|
|
+ property BufferIndex: NativeInt read GetBufferIndex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLImageEncoderCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLImageEncoder }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageEncoder = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLImageEncoder)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageEncoderCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLImageEncoder }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetLastResult: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ function GetFrameIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetBufferIndex: NativeInt;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageEncoderCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImageEncoder): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Restart;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function WriteFrame(const AImage: IBLImage): TBytes;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLImageCodec]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec.
|
|
|
+ Provides a unified interface for inspecting image data and creating image
|
|
|
+ decoders & encoders. }
|
|
|
+ IBLImageCodec = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{5F2E0C15-3CF5-4454-ADA4-CEE5D4A3B542}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetVendor: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetMimeType: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetExtensions: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetFeatures: TBLImageCodecFeatures;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImageCodec): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the image codec has a given feature. }
|
|
|
+ function HasFeature(const AFeature: TBLImageCodecFeature): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByName(const AName: String): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByName(const AName: String; const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByExtension(const AExt: String): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByExtension(const AExt: String; const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: TBytes): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returns a score }
|
|
|
+ function InspectData(const ABuffer: TBytes): Cardinal; overload;
|
|
|
+ function InspectData(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>): Cardinal; overload;
|
|
|
+ function InspectData(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer): Cardinal; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the image codec is a built-in nil instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec name (i.e, "PNG", "JPEG", etc...). }
|
|
|
+ property Name: String read GetName;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The image codec vendor (i.e. "Blend2D" for all built-in codecs). }
|
|
|
+ property Vendor: String read GetVendor;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Mime-type associated with the image codec's format. }
|
|
|
+ property MimeType: String read GetMimeType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { A list of file extensions used to store image of this codec, separated by
|
|
|
+ '|' character. }
|
|
|
+ property Extensions: String read GetExtensions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Image codec features }
|
|
|
+ property Features: TBLImageCodecFeatures read GetFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLImageCodecCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLImageCodec }
|
|
|
+ TBLImageCodec = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLImageCodec)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ class function GetBuiltInCodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>; static;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLImageCodec }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetVendor: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetMimeType: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetExtensions: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetFeatures: TBLImageCodecFeatures;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLImageCodec): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+ function HasFeature(const AFeature: TBLImageCodecFeature): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByName(const AName: String): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByName(const AName: String; const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByExtension(const AExt: String): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByExtension(const AExt: String; const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: TBytes): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+ function FindByData(const AData: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function InspectData(const ABuffer: TBytes): Cardinal; overload;
|
|
|
+ function InspectData(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>): Cardinal; overload;
|
|
|
+ function InspectData(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer): Cardinal; overload;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: BLImageCodecCore; const AIsReference: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ class procedure AddToBuiltIn(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec); static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure RemoveFromBuiltIn(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec); static;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ class property BuiltInCodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec> read GetBuiltInCodecs;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Image Codec'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Pattern'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPattern]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Pattern }
|
|
|
+ IBLPattern = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{BE559BED-3495-49D7-AB00-7BF092E1F53B}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetImage(const AValue: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetArea(const AValue: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+ function GetExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExtendMode(const AValue: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+ function GetHasMatrix: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLPatternCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.&Repeat); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.&Repeat); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLPattern): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetImage(const AValue: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetImage;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetArea;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the pattern is a built-in null instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Image: IBLImage read GetImage write SetImage;
|
|
|
+ property Area: TBLRectI read GetArea write SetArea;
|
|
|
+ property ExtendMode: TBLExtendMode read GetExtendMode write SetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property HasMatrix: Boolean read GetHasMatrix;
|
|
|
+ property MatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType read GetMatrixType;
|
|
|
+ property Matrix: TBLMatrix2D read GetMatrix write SetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLPatternCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLPattern }
|
|
|
+ TBLPattern = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLPattern)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPatternCore;
|
|
|
+ FImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLPattern }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetImage(const AValue: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetArea(const AValue: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+ function GetExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetExtendMode(const AValue: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+ function GetHasMatrix: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLPatternCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.&Repeat); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.&Repeat); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLPattern): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetImage(const AValue: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetImage;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetArea;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: BLPatternCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.&Repeat); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AImage: IBLImage; const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode = TBLExtendMode.&Repeat); overload;
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D); overload;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Pattern'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Font Defs'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Placement of glyphs stored in a TBLGlyphRun. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphPlacementType = (
|
|
|
+ { No placement (custom handling by TBLPathSinkEvent). }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_GLYPH_PLACEMENT_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Each glyph has a TBLGlyphPlacement (advance + offset). }
|
|
|
+ AdvanceOffset = BL_GLYPH_PLACEMENT_TYPE_ADVANCE_OFFSET,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Each glyph has a TBLPoint offset in design-space units. }
|
|
|
+ DesignUnits = BL_GLYPH_PLACEMENT_TYPE_DESIGN_UNITS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Each glyph has a TBLPoint offset in user-space units. }
|
|
|
+ UserUnits = BL_GLYPH_PLACEMENT_TYPE_USER_UNITS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Each glyph has a TBLPoint offset in absolute units. }
|
|
|
+ AbsoluteUnits = BL_GLYPH_PLACEMENT_TYPE_ABSOLUTE_UNITS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphRunFlag = (
|
|
|
+ _Dummy = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Glyph-run contains USC-4 string and not glyphs (glyph-buffer only). }
|
|
|
+ UCS4Content = 28,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Glyph-run was created from text that was not a valid unicode. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidText = 29,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Not the whole text was mapped to glyphs (contains undefined glyphs). }
|
|
|
+ UndefinedGlyphs = 30,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Encountered invalid font-data during text / glyph processing. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidFontData = 31);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphRunFlags = set of TBLGlyphRunFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font-data flags. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontDataFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Font data references a font-collection. }
|
|
|
+ Collection = 0);
|
|
|
+ TBLFontDataFlags = set of TBLFontDataFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Type of a font or font-face. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFaceType = (
|
|
|
+ None = BL_FONT_FACE_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TrueType/OpenType font type. }
|
|
|
+ OpenType = BL_FONT_FACE_TYPE_OPENTYPE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFaceFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Font uses typographic family and subfamily names. }
|
|
|
+ TypographicNames = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font uses typographic metrics. }
|
|
|
+ TypographicMetrics = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Character to glyph mapping is available. }
|
|
|
+ CharToGlyphMapping = 2,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Horizontal glyph metrics (advances, side bearings) is available. }
|
|
|
+ HorizontalMetrics = 4,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Vertical glyph metrics (advances, side bearings) is available. }
|
|
|
+ VerticalMetrics = 5,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Legacy horizontal kerning feature ('kern' table with horizontal kerning data). }
|
|
|
+ HorizontalKerning = 6,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Legacy vertical kerning feature ('kern' table with vertical kerning data). }
|
|
|
+ VerticalKerning = 7,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { OpenType features (GDEF, GPOS, GSUB) are available. }
|
|
|
+ OpenTypeFeatures = 8,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Panose classification is available. }
|
|
|
+ PanoseData = 9,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unicode coverage information is available. }
|
|
|
+ UnicodeCoverage = 10,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Baseline for font at `y` equals 0. }
|
|
|
+ BaselineYEquals0 = 12,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Left sidebearing point at `x == 0` (TT only). }
|
|
|
+ LSBPointXEquals0 = 13,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unicode variation sequences feature is available. }
|
|
|
+ VariationSequences = 28,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { OpenType Font Variations feature is available. }
|
|
|
+ OpenTypeVariations = 29,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { This is a symbol font. }
|
|
|
+ SymbolFont = 30,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { This is a last resort font. }
|
|
|
+ LastResortFont = 31);
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFaceFlags = set of TBLFontFaceFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFaceDiagFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Wrong data in 'name' table. }
|
|
|
+ WrongNameData = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fixed data read from 'name' table and possibly fixed font family/subfamily
|
|
|
+ name. }
|
|
|
+ FixedNameData = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Wrong data in 'kern' table [kerning disabled]. }
|
|
|
+ WrongKernData = 2,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fixed data read from 'kern' table so it can be used. }
|
|
|
+ FixedKernData = 3,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Wrong data in 'cmap' table. }
|
|
|
+ WrongCMAPData = 4,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Wrong format in 'cmap' (sub)table. }
|
|
|
+ WrongCMAPFormat = 5,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Wrong data in 'GDEF' table. }
|
|
|
+ WrongGDEFData = 8,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Wrong data in 'GPOS' table. }
|
|
|
+ WrongGPOSData = 10,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Wrong data in 'GSUB' table. }
|
|
|
+ WrongGSUBData = 12);
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFaceDiagFlags = set of TBLFontFaceDiagFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Format of an outline stored in a font. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontOutlineType = (
|
|
|
+ { None. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_FONT_OUTLINE_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TrueType outlines. }
|
|
|
+ TrueType = BL_FONT_OUTLINE_TYPE_TRUETYPE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { OpenType (CFF) outlines. }
|
|
|
+ CFF = BL_FONT_OUTLINE_TYPE_CFF,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { OpenType (CFF2) outlines (font variations support). }
|
|
|
+ CFF2 = BL_FONT_OUTLINE_TYPE_CFF2);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font stretch. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontStretch = (
|
|
|
+ { Ultra condensed stretch. }
|
|
|
+ UltraCondensed = BL_FONT_STRETCH_ULTRA_CONDENSED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Extra condensed stretch. }
|
|
|
+ ExtraCondensed = BL_FONT_STRETCH_EXTRA_CONDENSED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Condensed stretch. }
|
|
|
+ Condensed = BL_FONT_STRETCH_CONDENSED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Semi condensed stretch. }
|
|
|
+ SemiCondensed = BL_FONT_STRETCH_SEMI_CONDENSED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Normal stretch. }
|
|
|
+ Normal = BL_FONT_STRETCH_NORMAL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Semi expanded stretch. }
|
|
|
+ SemiExpanded = BL_FONT_STRETCH_SEMI_EXPANDED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Expanded stretch. }
|
|
|
+ Expanded = BL_FONT_STRETCH_EXPANDED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Extra expanded stretch. }
|
|
|
+ ExtraExpanded = BL_FONT_STRETCH_EXTRA_EXPANDED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Ultra expanded stretch. }
|
|
|
+ UltraExpanded = BL_FONT_STRETCH_ULTRA_EXPANDED);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font style. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontStyle = (
|
|
|
+ { Normal style. }
|
|
|
+ Normal = BL_FONT_STYLE_NORMAL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Oblique. }
|
|
|
+ Oblique = BL_FONT_STYLE_OBLIQUE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Italic. }
|
|
|
+ Italic = BL_FONT_STYLE_ITALIC);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font weight. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontWeight = (
|
|
|
+ { Thin weight (100). }
|
|
|
+ Thin = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_THIN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Extra light weight (200). }
|
|
|
+ ExtraLight = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_EXTRA_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Light weight (300). }
|
|
|
+ Light = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Semi light weight (350). }
|
|
|
+ SemiLight = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_SEMI_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Normal weight (400). }
|
|
|
+ Normal = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_NORMAL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Medium weight (500). }
|
|
|
+ Medium = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_MEDIUM,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Semi bold weight (600). }
|
|
|
+ SemiBold = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_SEMI_BOLD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bold weight (700). }
|
|
|
+ Bold = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_BOLD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Extra bold weight (800). }
|
|
|
+ ExtraBold = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_EXTRA_BOLD,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Black weight (900). }
|
|
|
+ Black = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_BLACK,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Extra black weight (950). }
|
|
|
+ ExtraBlack = BL_FONT_WEIGHT_EXTRA_BLACK);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font string identifiers used by OpenType 'name' table. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontStringId = (
|
|
|
+ { Copyright notice. }
|
|
|
+ CopyrightNotice = BL_FONT_STRING_COPYRIGHT_NOTICE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font family name. }
|
|
|
+ FamilyName = BL_FONT_STRING_FAMILY_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font subfamily name. }
|
|
|
+ SubfamilyName = BL_FONT_STRING_SUBFAMILY_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unique font identifier. }
|
|
|
+ UniqueIdentifier = BL_FONT_STRING_UNIQUE_IDENTIFIER,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Full font name that reflects all family and relevant subfamily descriptors. }
|
|
|
+ FullName = BL_FONT_STRING_FULL_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Version string. Should begin with the synta `Version <number>.<number>`. }
|
|
|
+ VersionString = BL_FONT_STRING_VERSION_STRING,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { PostScript name for the font. }
|
|
|
+ PostScriptName = BL_FONT_STRING_POST_SCRIPT_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Trademark notice/information for this font. }
|
|
|
+ Trademark = BL_FONT_STRING_TRADEMARK,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Manufacturer name. }
|
|
|
+ ManufacturerName = BL_FONT_STRING_MANUFACTURER_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Name of the designer of the typeface. }
|
|
|
+ DesignerName = BL_FONT_STRING_DESIGNER_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Description of the typeface. }
|
|
|
+ Description = BL_FONT_STRING_DESCRIPTION,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { URL of font vendor. }
|
|
|
+ VendorURL = BL_FONT_STRING_VENDOR_URL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { URL of typeface designer. }
|
|
|
+ DesignerURL = BL_FONT_STRING_DESIGNER_URL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Description of how the font may be legally used. }
|
|
|
+ LicenseDescription = BL_FONT_STRING_LICENSE_DESCRIPTION,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { URL where additional licensing information can be found. }
|
|
|
+ LicenseInfoURL = BL_FONT_STRING_LICENSE_INFO_URL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Reserved. }
|
|
|
+ Reserved = BL_FONT_STRING_RESERVED,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Typographic family name. }
|
|
|
+ TypographicFamilyName = BL_FONT_STRING_TYPOGRAPHIC_FAMILY_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Typographic subfamily name. }
|
|
|
+ TypographicSubfamilyName = BL_FONT_STRING_TYPOGRAPHIC_SUBFAMILY_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Compatible full name (MAC only). }
|
|
|
+ CompatibleFullName = BL_FONT_STRING_COMPATIBLE_FULL_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Sample text - font name or any other text from the designer. }
|
|
|
+ SampleText = BL_FONT_STRING_SAMPLE_TEXT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { PostScript CID findfont name. }
|
|
|
+ PostScriptCIDName = BL_FONT_STRING_POST_SCRIPT_CID_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { WWS family name. }
|
|
|
+ WWSFamilyName = BL_FONT_STRING_WWS_FAMILY_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { WWS subfamily name. }
|
|
|
+ WWSSubfamilyName = BL_FONT_STRING_WWS_SUBFAMILY_NAME,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Light background palette. }
|
|
|
+ LightBackgroundPalette = BL_FONT_STRING_LIGHT_BACKGROUND_PALETTE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Dark background palette. }
|
|
|
+ DarkBackgroundPalette = BL_FONT_STRING_DARK_BACKGROUND_PALETTE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Variations PostScript name prefix. }
|
|
|
+ VariationsPostSciptPrefix = BL_FONT_STRING_VARIATIONS_POST_SCRIPT_PREFIX);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Bit positions in TBLFontUnicodeCoverage record.
|
|
|
+ Each bit represents a range (or multiple ranges) of unicode characters. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex = (
|
|
|
+ BasicLatin = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BASIC_LATIN, // [000000-00007F] Basic Latin.
|
|
|
+ Latin1Supplement = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT, // [000080-0000FF] Latin-1 Supplement.
|
|
|
+ LatinExtendedA = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LATIN_EXTENDED_A, // [000100-00017F] Latin Extended-A.
|
|
|
+ LatinExtendedB = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LATIN_EXTENDED_B, // [000180-00024F] Latin Extended-B.
|
|
|
+ IPAExtensions = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_IPA_EXTENSIONS, // [000250-0002AF] IPA Extensions.
|
|
|
+ // [001D00-001D7F] Phonetic Extensions.
|
|
|
+ // [001D80-001DBF] Phonetic Extensions Supplement.
|
|
|
+ SpacingModifierLetters = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SPACING_MODIFIER_LETTERS, // [0002B0-0002FF] Spacing Modifier Letters.
|
|
|
+ // [00A700-00A71F] Modifier Tone Letters.
|
|
|
+ // [001DC0-001DFF] Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement.
|
|
|
+ CombiningDiacriticalMarks = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS, // [000300-00036F] Combining Diacritical Marks.
|
|
|
+ GreekAndCoptic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GREEK_AND_COPTIC, // [000370-0003FF] Greek and Coptic.
|
|
|
+ Coptic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_COPTIC, // [002C80-002CFF] Coptic.
|
|
|
+ Cyrillic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CYRILLIC, // [000400-0004FF] Cyrillic.
|
|
|
+ // [000500-00052F] Cyrillic Supplement.
|
|
|
+ // [002DE0-002DFF] Cyrillic Extended-A.
|
|
|
+ // [00A640-00A69F] Cyrillic Extended-B.
|
|
|
+ Armenian = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ARMENIAN, // [000530-00058F] Armenian.
|
|
|
+ Hebrew = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_HEBREW, // [000590-0005FF] Hebrew.
|
|
|
+ Vai = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_VAI, // [00A500-00A63F] Vai.
|
|
|
+ Arabic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ARABIC, // [000600-0006FF] Arabic.
|
|
|
+ // [000750-00077F] Arabic Supplement.
|
|
|
+ NKo = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_NKO, // [0007C0-0007FF] NKo.
|
|
|
+ Devanagari = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_DEVANAGARI, // [000900-00097F] Devanagari.
|
|
|
+ Bengali = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BENGALI, // [000980-0009FF] Bengali.
|
|
|
+ Gurmukhi = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GURMUKHI, // [000A00-000A7F] Gurmukhi.
|
|
|
+ Gujarati = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GUJARATI, // [000A80-000AFF] Gujarati.
|
|
|
+ Oriya = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ORIYA, // [000B00-000B7F] Oriya.
|
|
|
+ Tamil = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TAMIL, // [000B80-000BFF] Tamil.
|
|
|
+ Telugu = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TELUGU, // [000C00-000C7F] Telugu.
|
|
|
+ Kannada = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_KANNADA, // [000C80-000CFF] Kannada.
|
|
|
+ Malayalam = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MALAYALAM, // [000D00-000D7F] Malayalam.
|
|
|
+ Thai = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_THAI, // [000E00-000E7F] Thai.
|
|
|
+ Lao = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LAO, // [000E80-000EFF] Lao.
|
|
|
+ Georgian = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GEORGIAN, // [0010A0-0010FF] Georgian.
|
|
|
+ // [002D00-002D2F] Georgian Supplement.
|
|
|
+ Balinese = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BALINESE, // [001B00-001B7F] Balinese.
|
|
|
+ HangulJamo = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_HANGUL_JAMO, // [001100-0011FF] Hangul Jamo.
|
|
|
+ LatinExtendedAdditional = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL, // [001E00-001EFF] Latin Extended Additional.
|
|
|
+ // [002C60-002C7F] Latin Extended-C.
|
|
|
+ // [00A720-00A7FF] Latin Extended-D.
|
|
|
+ GreekExtended = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GREEK_EXTENDED, // [001F00-001FFF] Greek Extended.
|
|
|
+ GeneralPunctuation = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION, // [002000-00206F] General Punctuation.
|
|
|
+ // [002E00-002E7F] Supplemental Punctuation.
|
|
|
+ SuperscriptsAndSubscripts = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SUPERSCRIPTS_AND_SUBSCRIPTS, // [002070-00209F] Superscripts And Subscripts.
|
|
|
+ CurrencySymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS, // [0020A0-0020CF] Currency Symbols.
|
|
|
+ CombiningDiacriticalMarksForSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_FOR_SYMBOLS, // [0020D0-0020FF] Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols.
|
|
|
+ LetterlikeSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS, // [002100-00214F] Letterlike Symbols.
|
|
|
+ NumberForms = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_NUMBER_FORMS, // [002150-00218F] Number Forms.
|
|
|
+ Arrows = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ARROWS, // [002190-0021FF] Arrows.
|
|
|
+ // [0027F0-0027FF] Supplemental Arrows-A.
|
|
|
+ // [002900-00297F] Supplemental Arrows-B.
|
|
|
+ // [002B00-002BFF] Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows.
|
|
|
+ MathematicalOperators = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS, // [002200-0022FF] Mathematical Operators.
|
|
|
+ // [002A00-002AFF] Supplemental Mathematical Operators.
|
|
|
+ // [0027C0-0027EF] Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A.
|
|
|
+ // [002980-0029FF] Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B.
|
|
|
+ MiscellaneousTechnical = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL, // [002300-0023FF] Miscellaneous Technical.
|
|
|
+ ControlPictures = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CONTROL_PICTURES, // [002400-00243F] Control Pictures.
|
|
|
+ OpticalCharacterRecognition = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_OPTICAL_CHARACTER_RECOGNITION, // [002440-00245F] Optical Character Recognition.
|
|
|
+ EnclosedAlphanumerics = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS, // [002460-0024FF] Enclosed Alphanumerics.
|
|
|
+ BoxDrawing = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BOX_DRAWING, // [002500-00257F] Box Drawing.
|
|
|
+ BlockElements = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BLOCK_ELEMENTS, // [002580-00259F] Block Elements.
|
|
|
+ GeometricShapes = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES, // [0025A0-0025FF] Geometric Shapes.
|
|
|
+ MiscellaneousSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS, // [002600-0026FF] Miscellaneous Symbols.
|
|
|
+ Dingbats = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_DINGBATS, // [002700-0027BF] Dingbats.
|
|
|
+ CJKSymbolsAndPunctuation = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CJK_SYMBOLS_AND_PUNCTUATION, // [003000-00303F] CJK Symbols And Punctuation.
|
|
|
+ Hiragana = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_HIRAGANA, // [003040-00309F] Hiragana.
|
|
|
+ Katakana = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_KATAKANA, // [0030A0-0030FF] Katakana.
|
|
|
+ // [0031F0-0031FF] Katakana Phonetic Extensions.
|
|
|
+ Bopomofo = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BOPOMOFO, // [003100-00312F] Bopomofo.
|
|
|
+ // [0031A0-0031BF] Bopomofo Extended.
|
|
|
+ HangulCompatibilityJamo = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO, // [003130-00318F] Hangul Compatibility Jamo.
|
|
|
+ PhagsPa = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_PHAGS_PA, // [00A840-00A87F] Phags-pa.
|
|
|
+ EnclosedCJKLettersAndMonths = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_AND_MONTHS, // [003200-0032FF] Enclosed CJK Letters And Months.
|
|
|
+ CJKCompatibility = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CJK_COMPATIBILITY, // [003300-0033FF] CJK Compatibility.
|
|
|
+ HangulSyllables = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_HANGUL_SYLLABLES, // [00AC00-00D7AF] Hangul Syllables.
|
|
|
+ NonPlane = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_NON_PLANE, // [00D800-00DFFF] Non-Plane 0 *.
|
|
|
+ Phoenician = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_PHOENICIAN, // [010900-01091F] Phoenician.
|
|
|
+ CJKUnifiedIdeographs = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS, // [004E00-009FFF] CJK Unified Ideographs.
|
|
|
+ // [002E80-002EFF] CJK Radicals Supplement.
|
|
|
+ // [002F00-002FDF] Kangxi Radicals.
|
|
|
+ // [002FF0-002FFF] Ideographic Description Characters.
|
|
|
+ // [003400-004DBF] CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A.
|
|
|
+ // [020000-02A6DF] CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B.
|
|
|
+ // [003190-00319F] Kanbun.
|
|
|
+ PrivateUsePlane0 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_PRIVATE_USE_PLANE0, // [00E000-00F8FF] Private Use (Plane 0).
|
|
|
+ CJKStrokes = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CJK_STROKES, // [0031C0-0031EF] CJK Strokes.
|
|
|
+ // [00F900-00FAFF] CJK Compatibility Ideographs.
|
|
|
+ // [02F800-02FA1F] CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement.
|
|
|
+ AlphabeticPresentationForms = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS, // [00FB00-00FB4F] Alphabetic Presentation Forms.
|
|
|
+ ArabicPresentationsFormsA = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A, // [00FB50-00FDFF] Arabic Presentation Forms-A.
|
|
|
+ CombiningHalfMarks = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS, // [00FE20-00FE2F] Combining Half Marks.
|
|
|
+ VerticalForms = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_VERTICAL_FORMS, // [00FE10-00FE1F] Vertical Forms.
|
|
|
+ // [00FE30-00FE4F] CJK Compatibility Forms.
|
|
|
+ SmallFormVariants = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS, // [00FE50-00FE6F] Small Form Variants.
|
|
|
+ ArabicPresentationFormsB = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B, // [00FE70-00FEFF] Arabic Presentation Forms-B.
|
|
|
+ HalfwidthAndFullwidthForms = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_HALFWIDTH_AND_FULLWIDTH_FORMS, // [00FF00-00FFEF] Halfwidth And Fullwidth Forms.
|
|
|
+ Specials = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SPECIALS, // [00FFF0-00FFFF] Specials.
|
|
|
+ Tibetan = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TIBETAN, // [000F00-000FFF] Tibetan.
|
|
|
+ Syriac = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SYRIAC, // [000700-00074F] Syriac.
|
|
|
+ Thaana = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_THAANA, // [000780-0007BF] Thaana.
|
|
|
+ Sinhala = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SINHALA, // [000D80-000DFF] Sinhala.
|
|
|
+ Myanmar = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MYANMAR, // [001000-00109F] Myanmar.
|
|
|
+ Ethiopic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ETHIOPIC, // [001200-00137F] Ethiopic.
|
|
|
+ // [001380-00139F] Ethiopic Supplement.
|
|
|
+ // [002D80-002DDF] Ethiopic Extended.
|
|
|
+ Cherokee = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CHEROKEE, // [0013A0-0013FF] Cherokee.
|
|
|
+ UnifiedCanadianAboriginalSyllabics = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_UNIFIED_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS, // [001400-00167F] Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics.
|
|
|
+ Ogham = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_OGHAM, // [001680-00169F] Ogham.
|
|
|
+ Runic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_RUNIC, // [0016A0-0016FF] Runic.
|
|
|
+ Khmer = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_KHMER, // [001780-0017FF] Khmer.
|
|
|
+ // [0019E0-0019FF] Khmer Symbols.
|
|
|
+ Mongolian = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MONGOLIAN, // [001800-0018AF] Mongolian.
|
|
|
+ BraillePatterns = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BRAILLE_PATTERNS, // [002800-0028FF] Braille Patterns.
|
|
|
+ YiSyllablesAndRadicals = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_YI_SYLLABLES_AND_RADICALS, // [00A000-00A48F] Yi Syllables.
|
|
|
+ // [00A490-00A4CF] Yi Radicals.
|
|
|
+ TagalogHanunooBuhidTagbanwa = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TAGALOG_HANUNOO_BUHID_TAGBANWA, // [001700-00171F] Tagalog.
|
|
|
+ // [001720-00173F] Hanunoo.
|
|
|
+ // [001740-00175F] Buhid.
|
|
|
+ // [001760-00177F] Tagbanwa.
|
|
|
+ OldItalic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_OLD_ITALIC, // [010300-01032F] Old Italic.
|
|
|
+ Gothic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GOTHIC, // [010330-01034F] Gothic.
|
|
|
+ Deseret = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_DESERET, // [010400-01044F] Deseret.
|
|
|
+ MusicalSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS, // [01D000-01D0FF] Byzantine Musical Symbols.
|
|
|
+ // [01D100-01D1FF] Musical Symbols.
|
|
|
+ // [01D200-01D24F] Ancient Greek Musical Notation.
|
|
|
+ MathematicalAlphanumericSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_MATHEMATICAL_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS, // [01D400-01D7FF] Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols.
|
|
|
+ PrivateUsePlane15And16 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_PRIVATE_USE_PLANE_15_16, // [0F0000-0FFFFD] Private Use (Plane 15).
|
|
|
+ // [100000-10FFFD] Private Use (Plane 16).
|
|
|
+ VariationSelectors = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_VARIATION_SELECTORS, // [00FE00-00FE0F] Variation Selectors.
|
|
|
+ // [0E0100-0E01EF] Variation Selectors Supplement.
|
|
|
+ Tags = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TAGS, // [0E0000-0E007F] Tags.
|
|
|
+ Limbu = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LIMBU, // [001900-00194F] Limbu.
|
|
|
+ TaiLe = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TAI_LE, // [001950-00197F] Tai Le.
|
|
|
+ NewTaiLue = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_NEW_TAI_LUE, // [001980-0019DF] New Tai Lue.
|
|
|
+ Buginese = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_BUGINESE, // [001A00-001A1F] Buginese.
|
|
|
+ Glagolitic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_GLAGOLITIC, // [002C00-002C5F] Glagolitic.
|
|
|
+ Tifinagh = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TIFINAGH, // [002D30-002D7F] Tifinagh.
|
|
|
+ YijingHexagramSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_YIJING_HEXAGRAM_SYMBOLS, // [004DC0-004DFF] Yijing Hexagram Symbols.
|
|
|
+ SylotiNagri = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SYLOTI_NAGRI, // [00A800-00A82F] Syloti Nagri.
|
|
|
+ LinearBSyllabaryAndIdeograms = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LINEAR_B_SYLLABARY_AND_IDEOGRAMS, // [010000-01007F] Linear B Syllabary.
|
|
|
+ // [010080-0100FF] Linear B Ideograms.
|
|
|
+ // [010100-01013F] Aegean Numbers.
|
|
|
+ AncientGreekNumbers = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS, // [010140-01018F] Ancient Greek Numbers.
|
|
|
+ Ugaritic = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_UGARITIC, // [010380-01039F] Ugaritic.
|
|
|
+ OldPersian = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_OLD_PERSIAN, // [0103A0-0103DF] Old Persian.
|
|
|
+ Shavian = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SHAVIAN, // [010450-01047F] Shavian.
|
|
|
+ Osmanya = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_OSMANYA, // [010480-0104AF] Osmanya.
|
|
|
+ CypriotSyllabary = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY, // [010800-01083F] Cypriot Syllabary.
|
|
|
+ Kharoshthi = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_KHAROSHTHI, // [010A00-010A5F] Kharoshthi.
|
|
|
+ TaiXuanJingSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_TAI_XUAN_JING_SYMBOLS, // [01D300-01D35F] Tai Xuan Jing Symbols.
|
|
|
+ Cuneiform = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CUNEIFORM, // [012000-0123FF] Cuneiform.
|
|
|
+ // [012400-01247F] Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation.
|
|
|
+ CountingRodNumerals = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS, // [01D360-01D37F] Counting Rod Numerals.
|
|
|
+ Sundanese = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SUNDANESE, // [001B80-001BBF] Sundanese.
|
|
|
+ Lepcha = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_LEPCHA, // [001C00-001C4F] Lepcha.
|
|
|
+ OlChiki = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_OL_CHIKI, // [001C50-001C7F] Ol Chiki.
|
|
|
+ Saurashtra = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_SAURASHTRA, // [00A880-00A8DF] Saurashtra.
|
|
|
+ KayahLi = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_KAYAH_LI, // [00A900-00A92F] Kayah Li.
|
|
|
+ Rejang = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_REJANG, // [00A930-00A95F] Rejang.
|
|
|
+ Cham = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CHAM, // [00AA00-00AA5F] Cham.
|
|
|
+ AncientSymbols = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS, // [010190-0101CF] Ancient Symbols.
|
|
|
+ PhaistosDisc = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_PHAISTOS_DISC, // [0101D0-0101FF] Phaistos Disc.
|
|
|
+ CarianLycianLydian = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_CARIAN_LYCIAN_LYDIAN, // [0102A0-0102DF] Carian.
|
|
|
+ // [010280-01029F] Lycian.
|
|
|
+ // [010920-01093F] Lydian.
|
|
|
+ DominoAndMahjongTiles = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_DOMINO_AND_MAHJONG_TILES, // [01F030-01F09F] Domino Tiles.
|
|
|
+ // [01F000-01F02F] Mahjong Tiles.
|
|
|
+ InternalUsage123 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_INTERNAL_USAGE_123, // Reserved for internal usage (123).
|
|
|
+ InternalUsage124 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_INTERNAL_USAGE_124, // Reserved for internal usage (124).
|
|
|
+ InternalUsage125 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_INTERNAL_USAGE_125, // Reserved for internal usage (125).
|
|
|
+ InternalUsage126 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_INTERNAL_USAGE_126, // Reserved for internal usage (126).
|
|
|
+ InternalUsage127 = BL_FONT_UC_INDEX_INTERNAL_USAGE_127); // Reserved for internal usage (127).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Text direction. }
|
|
|
+ TBLTextDirection = (
|
|
|
+ { Left-to-right direction. }
|
|
|
+ LTR = BL_TEXT_DIRECTION_LTR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Right-to-left direction. }
|
|
|
+ RTL = BL_TEXT_DIRECTION_RTL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Text orientation. }
|
|
|
+ TBLTextOrientation = (
|
|
|
+ { Horizontal orientation. }
|
|
|
+ Horizontal = BL_TEXT_ORIENTATION_HORIZONTAL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Vertical orientation. }
|
|
|
+ Vertical = BL_TEXT_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGlyphInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Contains additional information associated with a glyph used by
|
|
|
+ IBLGlyphBuffer. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGlyphInfo;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Cluster: Cardinal read FHandle.cluster write FHandle.cluster;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLGlyphInfo = ^TBLGlyphInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGlyphPlacement]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Glyph placement.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Provides information about glyph offset (x/y) and advance (x/y). }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphPlacement = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGlyphPlacement;
|
|
|
+ function GetPlacement: TBLPointI; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPlacement(const AValue: TBLPointI); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetAdvance: TBLPointI; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAdvance(const AValue: TBLPointI); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Placement: TBLPointI read GetPlacement write SetPlacement;
|
|
|
+ property Advance: TBLPointI read GetAdvance write SetAdvance;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLGlyphPlacement = ^TBLGlyphPlacement;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGlyphMappingState]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Character to glyph mapping state. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphMappingState = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGlyphMappingState;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphCount(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetUndefinedFirst: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUndefinedFirst(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetUndefinedCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUndefinedCount(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of glyphs or glyph-items on output. }
|
|
|
+ property GlyphCount: Integer read GetGlyphCount write SetGlyphCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Index of the first undefined glyph (-1 if none). }
|
|
|
+ property UndefinedFirst: Integer read GetUndefinedFirst write SetUndefinedFirst;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Undefined glyph count (chars that have no mapping). }
|
|
|
+ property UndefinedCount: Integer read GetUndefinedCount write SetUndefinedCount;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLGlyphMappingState = ^TBLGlyphMappingState;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Information passed to a TBLPathSinkEvent sink by IBLFont.GetGlyphOutlines. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphIndex: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphIndex(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetContourCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetContourCount(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property GlyphIndex: Integer read GetGlyphIndex write SetGlyphIndex;
|
|
|
+ property ContourCount: Integer read GetContourCount write SetContourCount;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo = ^TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGlyphRun]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { An entry enumerated by TBLGlyphRun.GetEnumerator }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphRunEntry<TPlacement: record> = record
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { The glyph Id }
|
|
|
+ GlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Glyph placement (type should match TBLGlyphRun.PlacementType) }
|
|
|
+ Placement: TPlacement;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { TBLGlyphRun describes a set of consecutive glyphs and their placements.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphRun should only be used to pass glyph IDs and their placements to
|
|
|
+ the rendering context. The purpose of TBLGlyphRun is to allow rendering
|
|
|
+ glyphs, which could be shaped by various shaping engines (Blend2D, Harfbuzz,
|
|
|
+ etc).
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphRun allows to render glyphs that are either stored in TArray<UInt16>
|
|
|
+ or TArray<UInt32> or part of a bigger structure (for example hb_glyph_info_t
|
|
|
+ used by HarfBuzz). Glyph placements at the moment use Blend2D's
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphPlacement or TBLPoint, but it's possible to extend the data type in
|
|
|
+ the future.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ See TBLGlyphRunPlacement for placement modes provided by Blend2D. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphRun = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private type
|
|
|
+ TEnumerator<T: record> = record
|
|
|
+ private type
|
|
|
+ P = ^T;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FGlyphData: PByte;
|
|
|
+ FPlacementData: PByte;
|
|
|
+ FGlyphAdvance: Integer;
|
|
|
+ FPlacementAdvance: Integer;
|
|
|
+ FHigh: Integer;
|
|
|
+ FIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetCurrent: TBLGlyphRunEntry<T>; inline;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: _PBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+ function MoveNext: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Current: TBLGlyphRunEntry<T> read GetCurrent;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ private type
|
|
|
+ TEnumerable<T: record> = record
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: _PBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: _PBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+ function GetEnumerator: TEnumerator<T>;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSize(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetPlacementType: TBLGlyphPlacementType; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPlacementType(const AValue: TBLGlyphPlacementType); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLGlyphRunFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlags(const AValue: TBLGlyphRunFlags); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphData(const AData: PWord); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphData(const AData: PCardinal); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphData(const AData: Pointer; const AAdvance: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetGlyphIdData; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPlacementData(const AData: Pointer; const AAdvance: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetPlacementData; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Support for..in enumeration of the glyphs in the run.
|
|
|
+ The type parameter TPlacement of each entry should be a type that is
|
|
|
+ compatible with the PlacementType property.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Example:
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ var
|
|
|
+ GlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ Entry: TBLGlyphRunEntry<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ GlyphRun := ...;
|
|
|
+ for Entry in GlyphRun.Entries<TBLPoint> do
|
|
|
+ ...
|
|
|
+ end; }
|
|
|
+ function Entries<TPlacement: record>: TEnumerable<TPlacement>;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Glyph id data (abstract, incremented by GlyphAdvance). }
|
|
|
+ property GlyphData: Pointer read FHandle.glyphData write FHandle.glyphData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Glyph placement data (abstract, incremented by PlacementAdvance). }
|
|
|
+ property PlacementData: Pointer read FHandle.placementData write FHandle.placementData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Size of the glyph-run in glyph units. }
|
|
|
+ property Size: Integer read GetSize write SetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Size of a GlyphId - must be either 2 (UInt16) or 4 (UInt32) bytes.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Blend2D always uses 32-bit glyph-ids, thus the glyph-run returned
|
|
|
+ by IBLGlyphBuffer has always set GlyphSize to 4. The possibility to
|
|
|
+ render glyphs of size 2 is strictly for compatibility with text shapers
|
|
|
+ that use 16-bit glyphs, which is sufficient for TrueType and OpenType
|
|
|
+ fonts.}
|
|
|
+ property GlyphSize: Byte read FHandle.glyphSize write FHandle.glyphSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Type of placement }
|
|
|
+ property PlacementType: TBLGlyphPlacementType read GetPlacementType write SetPlacementType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Advance of GlyphData array. }
|
|
|
+ property GlyphAdvance: Shortint read FHandle.glyphAdvance write FHandle.glyphAdvance;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Glyph-run flags. }
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLGlyphRunFlags read GetFlags write SetFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLGlyphRun = ^TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontFaceInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Information of IBLFontFace. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFaceInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontFaceInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFaceType(const AValue: TBLFontFaceType); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetOutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOutlineType(const AValue: TBLFontOutlineType); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphCount(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFaceFlags(const AValue: TBLFontFaceFlags); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetDiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetDiagFlags(const AValue: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face type }
|
|
|
+ property FaceType: TBLFontFaceType read GetFaceType write SetFaceType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Type of outlines used by the font-face }
|
|
|
+ property OutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType read GetOutlineType write SetOutlineType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of glyphs provided by this font-face. }
|
|
|
+ property GlyphCount: Integer read GetGlyphCount write SetGlyphCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Revision (read from 'head' table, represented as 16.16 fixed point). }
|
|
|
+ property Revision: Cardinal read FHandle.revision write FHandle.revision;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Face-face index in a TTF/OTF collection or zero if not part of a collection. }
|
|
|
+ property FaceIndex: Integer read FHandle.faceIndex write FHandle.faceIndex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face flags }
|
|
|
+ property FaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags read GetFaceFlags write SetFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face diagnostic flags }
|
|
|
+ property DiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags read GetDiagFlags write SetDiagFlags;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontFaceInfo = ^TBLFontFaceInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontQueryProperties]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Properties that can be used to query IBLFont and IBLFontFace. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontQueryProperties = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontQueryProperties;
|
|
|
+ function GetStyle: TBLFontStyle; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStyle(const AValue: TBLFontStyle); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetWeight: TBLFontWeight; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetWeight(const AValue: TBLFontWeight); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetStretch: TBLFontStretch; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStretch(const AValue: TBLFontStretch); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font style }
|
|
|
+ property Style: TBLFontStyle read GetStyle write SetStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font weight }
|
|
|
+ property Weight: TBLFontWeight read GetWeight write SetWeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font stretch }
|
|
|
+ property Stretch: TBLFontStretch read GetStretch write SetStretch;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontTable]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { A read only data that represents a font table or its sub-table. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontTable = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontTable;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetSize(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pointer to the beginning of the data }
|
|
|
+ property Data: Pointer read FHandle.data write FHandle.data;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Size of Data in bytes. }
|
|
|
+ property Size: Integer read GetSize write SetSize;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontTable = ^TBLFontTable;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontFeature]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Associates a value with a generic font feature where Tag describes the
|
|
|
+ feature (as provided by the font) and Value describes its value. Some
|
|
|
+ features only allow boolean values 0 and 1 and some also allow higher
|
|
|
+ values up to 65535.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Registered OpenType features:
|
|
|
+ - https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/typography/opentype/spec/featuretags
|
|
|
+ - https://helpx.adobe.com/typekit/using/open-type-syntax.html }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFeature = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontFeature;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Feature tag (32-bit). }
|
|
|
+ property Tag: TBLTag read FHandle.tag write FHandle.tag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Feature value (should not be greater than 65535). }
|
|
|
+ property Value: Cardinal read FHandle.value write FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontFeature = ^TBLFontFeature;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontVariation]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Associates a value with a font variation feature where Tag describes
|
|
|
+ variation axis and Value defines its value. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontVariation = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontVariation;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Variation tag (32-bit). }
|
|
|
+ property Tag: TBLTag read FHandle.tag write FHandle.tag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Variation value. }
|
|
|
+ property Value: Single read FHandle.value write FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontVariation = ^TBLFontVariation;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontUnicodeCoverage]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font unicode coverage.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Unicode coverage describes which unicode characters are provided by a font.
|
|
|
+ Blend2D accesses this information by reading "OS/2" table, if available. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontUnicodeCoverage = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetBit(const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex): Boolean;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBit(const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex; const AValue: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBit(const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearBit(const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex); inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+ property Bits[const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex]: Boolean read GetBit write SetBit;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontUnicodeCoverage = ^TBLFontUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontPanose]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLFontPanoseText = record
|
|
|
+ FamilyKind: Byte;
|
|
|
+ SerifStyle: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Weight: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Proportion: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Contrast: Byte;
|
|
|
+ StrokeVariation: Byte;
|
|
|
+ ArmStyle: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Letterform: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Midline: Byte;
|
|
|
+ XHeight: Byte
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLFontPanoseScript = record
|
|
|
+ FamilyKind: Byte;
|
|
|
+ ToolKind: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Weight: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Spacing: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatio: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Contrast: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Topology: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Form: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Finials: Byte;
|
|
|
+ XAscent: Byte;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLFontPanoseDecorative = record
|
|
|
+ FamilyKind: Byte;
|
|
|
+ DecorativeClass: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Weight: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Aspect: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Contrast: Byte;
|
|
|
+ SerifVariant: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Treatment: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Lining: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Topology: Byte;
|
|
|
+ CharacterRange: Byte;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLFontPanoseSymbol = record
|
|
|
+ FamilyKind: Byte;
|
|
|
+ SymbolKind: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Weight: Byte;
|
|
|
+ Spacing: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatioAndContrast: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatio94: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatio119: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatio157: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatio163: Byte;
|
|
|
+ AspectRatio211: Byte;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Scaled TBLFontDesignMetrics based on font size and other properties. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontPanose = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ case Integer of
|
|
|
+ 0: (Data: array [0..9] of Byte);
|
|
|
+ 1: (FamilyKind: Byte);
|
|
|
+ 2: (Text: TBLFontPanoseText);
|
|
|
+ 3: (Script: TBLFontPanoseScript);
|
|
|
+ 4: (Decorative: TBLFontPanoseDecorative);
|
|
|
+ 5: (Symbol: TBLFontPanoseSymbol);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontPanose = ^TBLFontPanose;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontMatrix]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { 2x2 transformation matrix used by IBLFont. It's similar to TBLMatrix2D,
|
|
|
+ however, it doesn't provide a translation part as it's assumed to be zero. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontMatrix = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontMatrix;
|
|
|
+ function GetElement(const AIndex: Integer): Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetElement(const AIndex: Integer; const AValue: Double); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11: Double); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Elements[const AIndex: Integer]: Double read GetElement write SetElement; default;
|
|
|
+ property M00: Double read FHandle.m00 write FHandle.m00;
|
|
|
+ property M01: Double read FHandle.m01 write FHandle.m01;
|
|
|
+ property M10: Double read FHandle.m10 write FHandle.m10;
|
|
|
+ property M11: Double read FHandle.m11 write FHandle.m11;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontMatrix = ^TBLFontMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLFontMatrix(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11: Double): TBLFontMatrix; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontMetrics]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Scaled TBLFontDesignMetrics based on font size and other properties. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontMetrics = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font ascent (horizontal orientation). }
|
|
|
+ property Ascent: Single read FHandle.ascent write FHandle.ascent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font ascent (vertical orientation). }
|
|
|
+ property VAscent: Single read FHandle.vAscent write FHandle.vAscent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font descent (horizontal orientation). }
|
|
|
+ property Descent: Single read FHandle.descent write FHandle.descent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font descent (vertical orientation). }
|
|
|
+ property VDescent: Single read FHandle.vDescent write FHandle.vDescent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Line gap. }
|
|
|
+ property LineGap: Single read FHandle.lineGap write FHandle.lineGap;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Distance between the baseline and the mean line of lower-case letters. }
|
|
|
+ property XHeight: Single read FHandle.xHeight write FHandle.xHeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum height of a capital letter above the baseline.}
|
|
|
+ property CapHeight: Single read FHandle.capHeight write FHandle.capHeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum x, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property XMin: Single read FHandle.xMin write FHandle.xMin;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum y, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property YMin: Single read FHandle.yMin write FHandle.yMin;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum x, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property XMax: Single read FHandle.xMax write FHandle.xMax;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum y, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property YMax: Single read FHandle.yMax write FHandle.yMax;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text underline position. }
|
|
|
+ property UnderlinePosition: Single read FHandle.underlinePosition write FHandle.underlinePosition;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text underline thickness. }
|
|
|
+ property UnderlineThickness: Single read FHandle.underlineThickness write FHandle.underlineThickness;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text strikethrough position. }
|
|
|
+ property StrikethroughPosition: Single read FHandle.strikethroughPosition write FHandle.strikethroughPosition;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text strikethrough thickness. }
|
|
|
+ property StrikethroughThickness: Single read FHandle.strikethroughThickness write FHandle.strikethroughThickness;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontMetrics = ^TBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontDesignMetrics]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Design metrics of a font.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Design metrics is information that IBLFontFace collected directly from the
|
|
|
+ font data. It means that all fields are measured in font design units.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ When a new IBLFont instance is created a scaled metrics IBLFontMetrics is
|
|
|
+ automatically calculated from IBLFontDesignMetrics including other members
|
|
|
+ like transformation, etc... }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontDesignMetrics = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphBoundingBox: TBLBoxI; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphBoundingBox(const AValue: TBLBoxI); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Units per EM square. }
|
|
|
+ property UnitsPerEm: Integer read FHandle.unitsPerEm write FHandle.unitsPerEm;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Lowest readable size in pixels. }
|
|
|
+ property LowestPPEM: Integer read FHandle.lowestPPEM write FHandle.lowestPPEM;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Line gap. }
|
|
|
+ property LineGap: Integer read FHandle.lineGap write FHandle.lineGap;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Distance between the baseline and the mean line of lower-case letters. }
|
|
|
+ property XHeight: Integer read FHandle.xHeight write FHandle.xHeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum height of a capital letter above the baseline. }
|
|
|
+ property CapHeight: Integer read FHandle.capHeight write FHandle.capHeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Ascent (horizontal layout). }
|
|
|
+ property Ascent: Integer read FHandle.ascent write FHandle.ascent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Ascent (vertical layout). }
|
|
|
+ property VAscent: Integer read FHandle.vAscent write FHandle.vAscent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Descent (horizontal layout). }
|
|
|
+ property Descent: Integer read FHandle.descent write FHandle.descent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Descent (vertical layout). }
|
|
|
+ property VDescent: Integer read FHandle.vDescent write FHandle.vDescent;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum leading-side bearing (horizontal layout). }
|
|
|
+ property HMinLSB: Integer read FHandle.hMinLSB write FHandle.hMinLSB;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum leading-side bearing (vertical layout). }
|
|
|
+ property VMinLSB: Integer read FHandle.vMinLSB write FHandle.vMinLSB;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum trailing-side bearing (horizontal layout). }
|
|
|
+ property HMinTSB: Integer read FHandle.hMinTSB write FHandle.hMinTSB;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum trailing-side bearing (vertical layout). }
|
|
|
+ property VMinTSB: Integer read FHandle.vMinTSB write FHandle.vMinTSB;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum advance (horizontal layout). }
|
|
|
+ property HMaxAdvance: Integer read FHandle.hMaxAdvance write FHandle.hMaxAdvance;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum advance (vertical layout). }
|
|
|
+ property VMaxAdvance: Integer read FHandle.vMaxAdvance write FHandle.vMaxAdvance;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Aggregated bounding box of all glyphs in the font.
|
|
|
+ This value is reported by the face so it's not granted to be true. }
|
|
|
+ property GlyphBoundingBox: TBLBoxI read GetGlyphBoundingBox write SetGlyphBoundingBox;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum x, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property XMin: Integer read FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.x0 write FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.x0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum y, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property YMin: Integer read FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.y0 write FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.y0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum x, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property XMax: Integer read FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.x1 write FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.x1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum y, reported by the font. }
|
|
|
+ property YMax: Integer read FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.y1 write FHandle.glyphBoundingBox.y1;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text underline position. }
|
|
|
+ property UnderlinePosition: Integer read FHandle.underlinePosition write FHandle.underlinePosition;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text underline thickness. }
|
|
|
+ property UnderlineThickness: Integer read FHandle.underlineThickness write FHandle.underlineThickness;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text strikethrough position. }
|
|
|
+ property StrikethroughPosition: Integer read FHandle.strikethroughPosition write FHandle.strikethroughPosition;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Text strikethrough thickness. }
|
|
|
+ property StrikethroughThickness: Integer read FHandle.strikethroughThickness write FHandle.strikethroughThickness;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLFontDesignMetrics = ^TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLTextMetrics]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Text metrics. }
|
|
|
+ TBLTextMetrics = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLTextMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetAdvance: TBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetAdvance(const AValue: TBLPoint); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetLeadingBearing: TBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetLeadingBearing(const AValue: TBLPoint); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetTrailingBearing: TBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetTrailingBearing(const AValue: TBLPoint); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetBoundingBox: TBLBox; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetBoundingBox(const AValue: TBLBox); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property Advance: TBLPoint read GetAdvance write SetAdvance;
|
|
|
+ property LeadingBearing: TBLPoint read GetLeadingBearing write SetLeadingBearing;
|
|
|
+ property TrailingBearing: TBLPoint read GetTrailingBearing write SetTrailingBearing;
|
|
|
+ property BoundingBox: TBLBox read GetBoundingBox write SetBoundingBox;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLTextMetrics = ^TBLTextMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Font Defs'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Glyph Buffer'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLGlyphBuffer]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Glyph buffer.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Can hold either text or glyphs and provides basic memory management that is
|
|
|
+ used for text shaping, character to glyph mapping, glyph substitution, and
|
|
|
+ glyph positioning.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Glyph buffer provides two separate buffers called 'primary' and 'secondary'
|
|
|
+ that serve different purposes during processing. Primary buffer always holds
|
|
|
+ actual text/glyph array, and secondary buffer is either used as a scratch
|
|
|
+ buffer during glyph substitution or to hold glyph positions after the
|
|
|
+ processing is complete and glyph positions were calculated. }
|
|
|
+ IBLGlyphBuffer = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{0B892B22-C3B5-434D-854C-FBD0FD431B7B}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLGlyphRunFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetContent: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ function GetInfoData: PBLGlyphInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetPlacementData: PBLGlyphPlacement;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasText: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasGlyphs: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasInvalidChars: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasUndefinedChars: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasInvalidFontData: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLGlyphBufferCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets the IBLGlyphBuffer into its construction state. The content will
|
|
|
+ be cleared and allocated memory released. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clears the content of IBLGlyphBuffer without releasing internal buffers. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Assigns a text content of this IBLGlyphBuffer. }
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Assigns a text content of this IBLGlyphBuffer.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This is a generic function that accepts Pointer data, which is specified
|
|
|
+ by AEncoding. The ALength argument depends on encoding as well. If the
|
|
|
+ encoding specifies byte string (Latin1 or UTF8) then it's bytes, if the
|
|
|
+ encoding specifies UTF16 or UTF32 then it would describe the number of
|
|
|
+ UInt16 or UInt32 code points, respectively. }
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: Pointer; const ALength: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AEncoding: TBLTextEncoding); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Assigns glyph content of this IBLGlyphBuffer from the given AGlyphData. }
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: TArray<Cardinal>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: PCardinal; const ALength: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Assigns glyph content of this IBLGlyphBuffer`from an array of glyphs or
|
|
|
+ from a foreign record that contains glyphs and possibly other members that
|
|
|
+ have to be skipped. The AGlyphIdSize can be either 16-bit (2) or 32-bit (4).
|
|
|
+ The last parameter AGlyphAdvance specifies how many bytes to advance after
|
|
|
+ a glyph value is read. }
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphIdSize, AGlyphAdvance: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the glyph-buffer has AFlag set. }
|
|
|
+ function HasFlag(const AFlag: TBLGlyphRunFlag): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+ property Size: Integer read GetSize;
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLGlyphRunFlags read GetFlags;
|
|
|
+ property Content: PCardinal read GetContent;
|
|
|
+ property InfoData: PBLGlyphInfo read GetInfoData;
|
|
|
+ property PlacementData: PBLGlyphPlacement read GetPlacementData;
|
|
|
+ property GlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun read GetGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the buffer contains unicode data. }
|
|
|
+ property HasText: Boolean read GetHasText;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the buffer contains glyph-id data. }
|
|
|
+ property HasGlyphs: Boolean read GetHasGlyphs;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the input string contained invalid characters (unicode
|
|
|
+ encoding errors). }
|
|
|
+ property HasInvalidChars: Boolean read GetHasInvalidChars;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the input string contained undefined characters that weren't
|
|
|
+ mapped properly to glyphs. }
|
|
|
+ property HasUndefinedChars: Boolean read GetHasUndefinedChars;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether one or more operation was terminated before completion
|
|
|
+ because of invalid data in a font. }
|
|
|
+ property HasInvalidFontData: Boolean read GetHasInvalidFontData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLGlyphBufferCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLGlyphBuffer }
|
|
|
+ TBLGlyphBuffer = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLGlyphBuffer)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLGlyphBufferCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLGlyphBuffer }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLGlyphRunFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetContent: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ function GetInfoData: PBLGlyphInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetPlacementData: PBLGlyphPlacement;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasText: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasGlyphs: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasInvalidChars: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasUndefinedChars: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasInvalidFontData: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLGlyphBufferCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ procedure Clear;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetText(const AText: Pointer; const ALength: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AEncoding: TBLTextEncoding); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: TArray<Cardinal>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: PCardinal; const ALength: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphIdSize, AGlyphAdvance: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function HasFlag(const AFlag: TBLGlyphRunFlag): Boolean;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Glyph Buffer'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Font'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontData]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ IBLFontData = interface;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { This event is called when IBLFontData.InitializeFromData is used and the
|
|
|
+ font data is destroyed. }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontDataDestroyEvent = procedure (const AFontData: IBLFontData) of object;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font data }
|
|
|
+ IBLFontData = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{988C31B8-A00C-4BD0-98D9-FDF2EF6D8CAA}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLFontDataFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsCollection: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontDataCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes an IBLFontData from a file specified by the given AFilename.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The AReadFlags argument allows to specify flags that will be passed to
|
|
|
+ IBLFileSystem.ReadFile to read the content of the file. It's possible to
|
|
|
+ use memory mapping to get its content, which is the recommended way for
|
|
|
+ reading system fonts. The best combination is to use the
|
|
|
+ TBLFileReadFlag.MmapEnabled flag combined with
|
|
|
+ TBLFileReadFlag.MmapAvoidSmall. This combination means to try to use
|
|
|
+ memory mapping only when the size of the font is greater than a minimum
|
|
|
+ value (determined by Blend2D), and would fallback to a regular open/read
|
|
|
+ in case the memory mapping is not possible or failed for some other
|
|
|
+ reason. Please note that not all files can be memory mapped so the
|
|
|
+ TBLFileReadFlag.MmapNoFallback flag is not recommended. }
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const AReadFlags: TBLFileReadFlags = []);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes an IBLFontData from the given AData.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The given AData would be weak copied on success so the given array can be
|
|
|
+ safely destroyed after the function returns.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The weak copy of the passed AData is internal and there is no API to
|
|
|
+ access it after the function returns. The reason for making it internal
|
|
|
+ is that multiple implementations of IBLFontData may exist and some can
|
|
|
+ only store data at table level, so Blend2D doesn't expose the detail about
|
|
|
+ how the data is stored. }
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AData: TBytes); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates IBLFontData from the given AData of the given ASize.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ AData must stay alive as long as this object is alive.
|
|
|
+ Optionally an AOnDestroy event can be used as a notifier that will be
|
|
|
+ called when the data is no longer needed. }
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AOnDestroy: TBLFontDataDestroyEvent = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFontData): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function GetTags(const AFaceIndex: Integer): TArray<TBLTag>;
|
|
|
+ function QueryTable(const AFaceIndex: Integer; const ATag: TBLTag;
|
|
|
+ out ATable: TBLFontTable): Integer;
|
|
|
+ function QueryTables(const AFaceIndex: Integer; const ATags: TArray<TBLTag>;
|
|
|
+ out ATables: TArray<TBLFontTable>): Integer;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the font data is a built-in null instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font data is empty (which the same as IsNone in this
|
|
|
+ case). }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Type of font-face that this data describes.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ It doesn't matter if the content is a single font or a collection. In
|
|
|
+ any case the FaceType would always return the type of the font-face
|
|
|
+ that will be created by IBLFontFace.CreateFromData. }
|
|
|
+ property FaceType: TBLFontFaceType read GetFaceType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The number of faces of this font-data.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If the data is not initialized the result would be always zero. If the
|
|
|
+ data is initialized to a single font it would be 1, and if the data is
|
|
|
+ initialized to a font collection then the return would correspond to
|
|
|
+ the number of font-faces within that collection.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ You should not use FaceCount to check whether the font is a collection as
|
|
|
+ it's possible to have a font-collection with just a single font. Using
|
|
|
+ IsCollection is more reliable and would always return the right value. }
|
|
|
+ property FaceCount: Integer read GetFaceCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-data flags }
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLFontDataFlags read GetFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether this font-data is a font-collection. }
|
|
|
+ property IsCollection: Boolean read GetIsCollection;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLFontDataCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLFontData }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontData = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLFontData)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private type
|
|
|
+ TDestroyData = record
|
|
|
+ FontData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ Event: TBLFontDataDestroyEvent;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PDestroyData = ^TDestroyData;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontDataCore;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ class procedure DoDestroy(impl, destroyData: Pointer); cdecl; static;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLFontData }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLFontDataFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsCollection: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontDataCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const AReadFlags: TBLFileReadFlags = []);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AData: TBytes); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AOnDestroy: TBLFontDataDestroyEvent = nil); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFontData): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function GetTags(const AFaceIndex: Integer): TArray<TBLTag>;
|
|
|
+ function QueryTable(const AFaceIndex: Integer; const ATag: TBLTag;
|
|
|
+ out ATable: TBLFontTable): Integer;
|
|
|
+ function QueryTables(const AFaceIndex: Integer; const ATags: TArray<TBLTag>;
|
|
|
+ out ATables: TArray<TBLFontTable>): Integer;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: BLFontDataCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontFace]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font face }
|
|
|
+ IBLFontFace = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{D51BEBAD-EB2A-41CA-B76C-5773E696CA80}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+ function GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+ function GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceInfo: TBLFontFaceInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+ function GetOutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasTypographicNames: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasTypographicMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasCharToGlyphMapping: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasHorizontalMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasVerticalMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasHorizontalKerning: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasVerticalKerning: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasOpenTypeFeatures: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasPanoseData: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasUnicodeCoverage: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasBaselineYAt0: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasLSBPointXAt0: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasVariationSequences: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasOpenTypeVariations: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsSymbolFont: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsLastResortFont: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetDiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetUniqueId: TBLUniqueId;
|
|
|
+ function GetData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ function GetFullName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetFamilyName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetSubfamilyName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetPostScriptName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetDesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetUnitsPerEm: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetPanose: TBLFontPanose;
|
|
|
+ function GetUnicodeCoverage: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes an IBLFontFace from a file specified by AFileName.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This is a utility function that first creates a IBLFontData and then
|
|
|
+ calls InitializeFromData(FontData, 0). See IBLFontData.CreateFromFile
|
|
|
+ for more details, especially the use of AReadFlags is important for
|
|
|
+ system fonts.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This function offers a simplified creation of IBLFontFace directly
|
|
|
+ from a file, but doesn't provide as much flexibility as InitializeFromData
|
|
|
+ as it allows to specify a AFaceIndex, which can be used to load multiple
|
|
|
+ font-faces from a TrueType/OpenType collection. The use of
|
|
|
+ InitializeFromData is recommended for any serious font handling. }
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const AReadFlags: TBLFileReadFlags = []);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes an IBLFontFace from IBLFontData at the given AFaceIndex. }
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AFontData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ const AFaceIndex: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFontFace): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has a given AFlag set. }
|
|
|
+ function HasFaceFlag(const AFlag: TBLFontFaceFlag): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the font face is a built-in null instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font face is empty (which the same as IsNone in this
|
|
|
+ case). }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font weight (returns default weight in case this is a variable font). }
|
|
|
+ property Weight: TBLFontWeight read GetWeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font stretch (returns default weight in case this is a variable font). }
|
|
|
+ property Stretch: TBLFontStretch read GetStretch;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font style }
|
|
|
+ property Style: TBLFontStyle read GetStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face information }
|
|
|
+ property FaceInfo: TBLFontFaceInfo read GetFaceInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face type }
|
|
|
+ property FaceType: TBLFontFaceType read GetFaceType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face outline type }
|
|
|
+ property OutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType read GetOutlineType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Zero-based index of this font-face.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Face index does only make sense if this face is part of a TrueType
|
|
|
+ or OpenType font collection. In that case the returned value would be
|
|
|
+ the index of this face in that collection. If the face is not part of a
|
|
|
+ collection then the returned value would always be zero. }
|
|
|
+ property FaceIndex: Integer read GetFaceIndex;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face flags }
|
|
|
+ property FaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags read GetFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face uses typographic family and subfamily names. }
|
|
|
+ property HasTypographicNames: Boolean read GetHasTypographicNames;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face uses typographic metrics. }
|
|
|
+ property HasTypographicMetrics: Boolean read GetHasTypographicMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face provides character to glyph mapping. }
|
|
|
+ property HasCharToGlyphMapping: Boolean read GetHasCharToGlyphMapping;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has horizontal glyph metrics (advances, side
|
|
|
+ bearings). }
|
|
|
+ property HasHorizontalMetrics: Boolean read GetHasHorizontalMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has vertical glyph metrics (advances, side
|
|
|
+ bearings). }
|
|
|
+ property HasVerticalMetrics: Boolean read GetHasVerticalMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has a legacy horizontal kerning feature
|
|
|
+ ('kern' table with horizontal kerning data). }
|
|
|
+ property HasHorizontalKerning: Boolean read GetHasHorizontalKerning;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has a legacy vertical kerning feature ('kern'
|
|
|
+ table with vertical kerning data). }
|
|
|
+ property HasVerticalKerning: Boolean read GetHasVerticalKerning;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has OpenType features (GDEF, GPOS, GSUB). }
|
|
|
+ property HasOpenTypeFeatures: Boolean read GetHasOpenTypeFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has panose classification. }
|
|
|
+ property HasPanoseData: Boolean read GetHasPanoseData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has unicode coverage information. }
|
|
|
+ property HasUnicodeCoverage: Boolean read GetHasUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face's baseline equals 0. }
|
|
|
+ property HasBaselineYAt0: Boolean read GetHasBaselineYAt0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face's left sidebearing point at `x` equals 0. }
|
|
|
+ property HasLSBPointXAt0: Boolean read GetHasLSBPointXAt0;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has unicode variation sequences feature. }
|
|
|
+ property HasVariationSequences: Boolean read GetHasVariationSequences;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font-face has OpenType Font Variations feature. }
|
|
|
+ property HasOpenTypeVariations: Boolean read GetHasOpenTypeVariations;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { This is a symbol font. }
|
|
|
+ property IsSymbolFont: Boolean read GetIsSymbolFont;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { This is a last resort font. }
|
|
|
+ property IsLastResortFont: Boolean read GetIsLastResortFont;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font-face diagnostics flags }
|
|
|
+ property DiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags read GetDiagFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { A unique identifier describing this IBLFontFace. }
|
|
|
+ property UniqueId: TBLUniqueId read GetUniqueId;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { IBLFontData associated with this font-face. }
|
|
|
+ property Data: IBLFontData read GetData;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font full name }
|
|
|
+ property FullName: String read GetFullName;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Family name }
|
|
|
+ property FamilyName: String read GetFamilyName;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font subfamily name }
|
|
|
+ property SubfamilyName: String read GetSubfamilyName;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Font PostScript name }
|
|
|
+ property PostScriptName: String read GetPostScriptName;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Design metrics of this IBLFontFace. }
|
|
|
+ property DesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics read GetDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Units per em, which are part of font's design metrics. }
|
|
|
+ property UnitsPerEm: Integer read GetUnitsPerEm;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { PANOSE classification of this IBLFontFace. }
|
|
|
+ property Panose: TBLFontPanose read GetPanose;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unicode coverage of this IBLFontFace.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The returned unicode-coverage is not calculated by Blend2D so in general
|
|
|
+ the value doesn't have to be correct. Use GetCharacterCoverage to get
|
|
|
+ a coverage calculated by Blend2D at character granularity. }
|
|
|
+ property UnicodeCoverage: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage read GetUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLFontFaceCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLFontFace }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontFace = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLFontFace)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+ FData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLFontFace }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+ function GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+ function GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceInfo: TBLFontFaceInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+ function GetOutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasTypographicNames: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasTypographicMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasCharToGlyphMapping: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasHorizontalMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasVerticalMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasHorizontalKerning: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasVerticalKerning: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasOpenTypeFeatures: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasPanoseData: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasUnicodeCoverage: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasBaselineYAt0: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasLSBPointXAt0: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasVariationSequences: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHasOpenTypeVariations: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsSymbolFont: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsLastResortFont: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetDiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetUniqueId: TBLUniqueId;
|
|
|
+ function GetData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ function GetFullName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetFamilyName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetSubfamilyName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetPostScriptName: String;
|
|
|
+ function GetDesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetUnitsPerEm: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetPanose: TBLFontPanose;
|
|
|
+ function GetUnicodeCoverage: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const AReadFlags: TBLFileReadFlags = []);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromData(const AFontData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ const AFaceIndex: Integer);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFontFace): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+ function HasFaceFlag(const AFlag: TBLFontFaceFlag): Boolean;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AHandle: BLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFont]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font }
|
|
|
+ IBLFont = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{47ED75E4-8E6C-4D0E-95D9-6321CD4F8694}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Single;
|
|
|
+ function GetUnitsPerEm: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+ function GetFeatures: TArray<TBLFontFeature>;
|
|
|
+ function GetVariations: TArray<TBLFontVariation>;
|
|
|
+ function GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+ function GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+ function GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrix: TBLFontMatrix;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetrics: TBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetricsPtr: PBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetDesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Single);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFont): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Shape(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+ procedure MapTextToGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure MapTextToGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ out AState: TBLGlyphMappingState); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { TODO : Check when Blend2D updates APositioningFlags }
|
|
|
+ procedure PositionGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const APositioningFlags: Cardinal = $FFFFFFFF);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ApplyKerning(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+ procedure ApplyGSub(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: Integer; const ALookups: TBLBitWord);
|
|
|
+ procedure ApplyGPos(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: Integer; const ALookups: TBLBitWord);
|
|
|
+ function GetTextMetrics(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer): TBLTextMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphBounds(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphAdvance, ACount: Integer): TArray<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphAdvances(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphAdvance, ACount: Integer): TArray<TBLGlyphPlacement>;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphOutlines(const AGlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphOutlines(const AGlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphRunOutlines(const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphRunOutlines(const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ const AUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the font is a built-in null instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tests whether the font is empty (which the same as IsNone in this case). }
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Type of the font's associated font-face }
|
|
|
+ property FaceType: TBLFontFaceType read GetFaceType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Flags of the font }
|
|
|
+ property FaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags read GetFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Size of the font }
|
|
|
+ property Size: Single read GetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The "units per em" (UPEM) of the font's associated font-face. }
|
|
|
+ property UnitsPerEm: Integer read GetUnitsPerEm;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The font's associated font-face.
|
|
|
+ Returns the same font-face, which was passed to InitializeFromFace. }
|
|
|
+ property Face: IBLFontFace read GetFace;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The features associated with the font. }
|
|
|
+ property Features: TArray<TBLFontFeature> read GetFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The variations associated with the font. }
|
|
|
+ property Variations: TArray<TBLFontVariation> read GetVariations;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The weight of the font. }
|
|
|
+ property Weight: TBLFontWeight read GetWeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The stretch of the font. }
|
|
|
+ property Stretch: TBLFontStretch read GetStretch;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The style of the font. }
|
|
|
+ property Style: TBLFontStyle read GetStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The 2x2 matrix of the font.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The returned TBLFontMatrix is used to scale fonts from design units
|
|
|
+ into user units. The matrix usually has a negative M11 member as
|
|
|
+ fonts use a different coordinate system than Blend2D. }
|
|
|
+ property Matrix: TBLFontMatrix read GetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The scaled metrics of the font.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The returned metrics is a scale of design metrics that match the font size
|
|
|
+ and its options. }
|
|
|
+ property Metrics: TBLFontMetrics read GetMetrics;
|
|
|
+ property MetricsPtr: PBLFontMetrics read GetMetricsPtr;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The design metrics of the font.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The returned metrics is compatible with the metrics of IBLFontFace
|
|
|
+ associated with this font. }
|
|
|
+ property DesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics read GetDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLFontCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLFont }
|
|
|
+ TBLFont = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLFont)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontCore;
|
|
|
+ FFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+ FSink: TBLPathSinkEvent;
|
|
|
+ FSinkPath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ class function DoSink(path: PBLPathCore; info: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ closure: Pointer): Cardinal; cdecl; static;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLFont }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+ function GetSize: Single;
|
|
|
+ function GetUnitsPerEm: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+ function GetFeatures: TArray<TBLFontFeature>;
|
|
|
+ function GetVariations: TArray<TBLFontVariation>;
|
|
|
+ function GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+ function GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+ function GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+ function GetMatrix: TBLFontMatrix;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetrics: TBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetricsPtr: PBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetDesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure InitializeFromFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Single);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFont): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Shape(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+ procedure MapTextToGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure MapTextToGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ out AState: TBLGlyphMappingState); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PositionGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const APositioningFlags: Cardinal);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ApplyKerning(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+ procedure ApplyGSub(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: Integer; const ALookups: TBLBitWord);
|
|
|
+ procedure ApplyGPos(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: Integer; const ALookups: TBLBitWord);
|
|
|
+ function GetTextMetrics(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer): TBLTextMetrics;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphBounds(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphAdvance, ACount: Integer): TArray<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphAdvances(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphAdvance, ACount: Integer): TArray<TBLGlyphPlacement>;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphOutlines(const AGlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphOutlines(const AGlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphRunOutlines(const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetGlyphRunOutlines(const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ const AUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath; overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Font'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Font Manager'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLFontManager]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Font data }
|
|
|
+ IBLFontManager = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{A75AAED4-30E3-4A65-978F-590528AB2DCF}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFamilyCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontManagerCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFontManager): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the font manager contains the given font AFace. }
|
|
|
+ function HasFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace): Boolean;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Adds a font AFace to the font manager. Does nothing if the manager already
|
|
|
+ contans the font face.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Important conditions:
|
|
|
+ * TBLResultCode.FontNotInitializes is raised if the font AFace is invalid.
|
|
|
+ * TBLResultCode.OutOfMemory is raised if memory allocation failed. }
|
|
|
+ procedure AddFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Queries a font face by family name and returns the font face or nil if
|
|
|
+ not found. }
|
|
|
+ function QueryFace(const AName: String): IBLFontFace; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Queries a font face by family name and returns the font face or nil if
|
|
|
+ not found.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The AProperties parameter contains query properties that the query engine
|
|
|
+ will consider when doing the match. The best candidate will be selected
|
|
|
+ based on the following rules:
|
|
|
+ * Style has the highest priority.
|
|
|
+ * Weight has the lowest priority. }
|
|
|
+ function QueryFace(const AName: String;
|
|
|
+ const AProperties: TBLFontQueryProperties): IBLFontFace; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Queries all font-faces by family name and returns an array of font faces. }
|
|
|
+ function QueryFacesByFamilyName(const AName: String): TArray<IBLFontFace>;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the font manager is a built-in null instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The number of IBLFontFace instances the font manager holds. }
|
|
|
+ property FaceCount: Integer read GetFaceCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The number of unique font families the font manager holds. }
|
|
|
+ property FamilyCount: Integer read GetFamilyCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLFontManagerCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLFontManager }
|
|
|
+ TBLFontManager = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLFontManager)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLFontManagerCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLFontManager }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetFaceCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetFamilyCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLFontManagerCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLFontManager): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize;
|
|
|
+ function HasFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace): Boolean;
|
|
|
+ procedure AddFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace);
|
|
|
+ function QueryFace(const AName: String): IBLFontFace; overload;
|
|
|
+ function QueryFace(const AName: String;
|
|
|
+ const AProperties: TBLFontQueryProperties): IBLFontFace; overload;
|
|
|
+ function QueryFacesByFamilyName(const AName: String): TArray<IBLFontFace>;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Font Manager'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Pixel Converter'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPixelConverterCreateFlags]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Flags used by IBLPixelConverter.Initialize. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPixelConverterCreateFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Specifies that the source palette in TBLFormatInfo doesn't have to be
|
|
|
+ copied by IBLPixelConverter. The caller must ensure that the palette
|
|
|
+ would stay valid until the pixel converter is destroyed. }
|
|
|
+ DontCopyPalette = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Specifies that the source palette in TBLFormatInfo is alterable and
|
|
|
+ the pixel converter can modify it when preparing the conversion. The
|
|
|
+ modification can be irreversible so only use this flag when you are sure
|
|
|
+ that the palette passed to IBLPixelConverter.Initialize won't be needed
|
|
|
+ outside of pixel conversion.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The flag DontCopyPalette must be set as well, otherwise this flag would be
|
|
|
+ ignored. }
|
|
|
+ AlterablePalette = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { When there is no built-in conversion between the given pixel formats it's
|
|
|
+ possible to use an intermediate format that is used during conversion. In
|
|
|
+ such case the base pixel converter creates two more converters that are
|
|
|
+ then used internally.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This option disables such feature - creating a pixel converter would fail
|
|
|
+ with TBLResultCode.NotImplemented error if direct conversion is not
|
|
|
+ possible. }
|
|
|
+ NoMultiStep = 2);
|
|
|
+ TBLPixelConverterCreateFlags = set of TBLPixelConverterCreateFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPixelConverter - Options]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Pixel conversion options. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPixelConverterOptions = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPixelConverterOptions;
|
|
|
+ function GetOrigin: TBLPointI; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetOrigin(const AValue: TBLPointI); inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetGap: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGap(const AValue: Integer); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ property Origin: TBLPointI read GetOrigin write SetOrigin;
|
|
|
+ property Gap: Integer read GetGap write SetGap;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLPixelConverterOptions = ^TBLPixelConverterOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLPixelConverter]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Provides an interface to convert pixels between various pixel formats. The
|
|
|
+ primary purpose of this class is to allow efficient conversion between
|
|
|
+ pixel formats used natively by Blend2D and pixel formats used elsewhere,
|
|
|
+ for example image codecs or native framebuffers.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: A default-initialized converter has a valid conversion function that
|
|
|
+ would return TBLResultCode.NotInitialized if invoked. Use IsInitialized
|
|
|
+ to test whether the pixel converter was properly initialized. }
|
|
|
+ IBLPixelConverter = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{A75AAED4-30E3-4A65-978F-590528AB2DCF}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetIsInitialized: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLPixelConverterCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Initializes a new pixel converter that will convert pixels described by
|
|
|
+ ASrcInfo into pixels described by ADstInfo.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Use ACreateFlags to further specify the parameters of the conversion.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: Destination and source format information must be valid, otherwise
|
|
|
+ a TBLResultCode.InvalidValue error is raised. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const ASrcInfo, ADstInfo: TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateFlags: TBLPixelConverterCreateFlags = []);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Assigns the AOther pixel converter into this one. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const AOther: IBLPixelConverter);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Converts a single span of pixels of AWidth. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertSpan(const ASrcData, ADstData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AWidth: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertSpan(const ASrcData, ADstData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AWidth: Integer; const AOptions: TBLPixelConverterOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Converts a rectangular area of pixels from source format to destination. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertRect(const ASrcData: Pointer; const ASrcStride: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADstData: Pointer; const ADstStride, AWidth, AHeight: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertRect(const ASrcData: Pointer; const ASrcStride: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADstData: Pointer; const ADstStride, AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AOptions: TBLPixelConverterOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returns True if the converter is initialized. }
|
|
|
+ property IsInitialized: Boolean read GetIsInitialized;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLPixelConverterCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLPixelConverter }
|
|
|
+ TBLPixelConverter = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLPixelConverter)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLPixelConverterCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLPixelConverter }
|
|
|
+ function GetIsInitialized: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLPixelConverterCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Initialize(const ASrcInfo, ADstInfo: TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateFlags: TBLPixelConverterCreateFlags = []);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Assign(const AOther: IBLPixelConverter);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertSpan(const ASrcData, ADstData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AWidth: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertSpan(const ASrcData, ADstData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AWidth: Integer; const AOptions: TBLPixelConverterOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertRect(const ASrcData: Pointer; const ASrcStride: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADstData: Pointer; const ADstStride, AWidth, AHeight: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ConvertRect(const ASrcData: Pointer; const ASrcStride: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADstData: Pointer; const ADstStride, AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AOptions: TBLPixelConverterOptions); overload;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create;
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a pixel converter appropriate for the current platform. This is
|
|
|
+ useful for platforms where the display format does not match the internal
|
|
|
+ Blend2D format. For example, on macOS, iOS and Android, the red and blue
|
|
|
+ color channels need to be swapped. On Windows, Blend2D's internal format
|
|
|
+ matches the display format and no conversion is needed.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ On Windows, it returns a converter that doesn't convert, but just copies
|
|
|
+ the data. However, it is more efficient to not use a pixel converter at
|
|
|
+ all on Windows.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ On other platforms, it creates a converter that converts
|
|
|
+ from PRGB to PBGR. }
|
|
|
+ class function CreatePlatformConverter: IBLPixelConverter; static;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Pixel Converter'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Style'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLStyle - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Style type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLStyleType = (
|
|
|
+ { No style, nothing will be paint. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_STYLE_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Solid color style. }
|
|
|
+ Solid = BL_STYLE_TYPE_SOLID,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pattern style. }
|
|
|
+ Pattern = BL_STYLE_TYPE_PATTERN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Gradient style. }
|
|
|
+ Gradient = BL_STYLE_TYPE_GRADIENT);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Style'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Context'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLContext - Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextType = (
|
|
|
+ { No rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ None = BL_CONTEXT_TYPE_NONE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Dummy rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ Dummy = BL_CONTEXT_TYPE_DUMMY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Software-accelerated rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ Raster = BL_CONTEXT_TYPE_RASTER);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context hint. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextHint = (
|
|
|
+ { Rendering quality. }
|
|
|
+ RenderingQuality = BL_CONTEXT_HINT_RENDERING_QUALITY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Gradient quality. }
|
|
|
+ GradientQuality = BL_CONTEXT_HINT_GRADIENT_QUALITY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pattern quality. }
|
|
|
+ PatternQuality = BL_CONTEXT_HINT_PATTERN_QUALITY);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Describes a rendering operation type - fill or stroke.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ The rendering context allows to get and set fill & stroke options directly
|
|
|
+ or via "style" functions that take the rendering operation type (OpType)
|
|
|
+ and dispatch the call to the right function. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextOpType = (
|
|
|
+ { Fill operation type. }
|
|
|
+ Fill = BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_FILL,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke operation type. }
|
|
|
+ Stroke = BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_STROKE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context flush-flags, use with IBLContext.Flush. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextFlushFlag = (
|
|
|
+ _Dummy = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Flush the command queue and wait for its completion (will block). }
|
|
|
+ Sync = 31);
|
|
|
+ TBLContextFlushFlags = set of TBLContextFlushFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context create-flags. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextCreateFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Fallbacks to a synchronous rendering in case that the rendering engine
|
|
|
+ wasn't able to acquire threads. This flag only makes sense when the
|
|
|
+ asynchronous mode was specified by having TBLContextCreateInfo.ThreadCount
|
|
|
+ greater than 0. If the rendering context fails to acquire at least one
|
|
|
+ thread it would fallback to synchronous mode with no worker threads.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: If this flag is specified with TBLContextCreateInfo.ThreadCount = 1
|
|
|
+ it means to immediately fallback to synchronous rendering. It's only
|
|
|
+ practical to use this flag with 2 or more requested threads. }
|
|
|
+ FallbackToSync = 3,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { If this flag is specified and asynchronous rendering is enabled then
|
|
|
+ the context would create its own isolated thread-pool, which is useful
|
|
|
+ for debugging purposes.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Do not use this flag in production as rendering contexts with isolated
|
|
|
+ thread-pool have to create and destroy all threads they use. This flag
|
|
|
+ is only useful for testing, debugging, and isolated benchmarking. }
|
|
|
+ IsolatedThreadPool = 24,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { If this flag is specified and JIT pipeline generation enabled then the
|
|
|
+ rendering context would create its own isolated JIT runtime. which is
|
|
|
+ useful for debugging purposes. This flag will be ignored if JIT pipeline
|
|
|
+ generation is either not supported or was disabled by other flags.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Do not use this flag in production as rendering contexts with isolated
|
|
|
+ JIT runtime do not use global pipeline cache, that's it, after the
|
|
|
+ rendering context is destroyed the JIT runtime is destroyed with it with
|
|
|
+ all compiled pipelines. This flag is only useful for testing, debugging,
|
|
|
+ and isolated benchmarking. }
|
|
|
+ IsolatedJit = 25,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Override CPU features when creating isolated context. }
|
|
|
+ OverrideCpuFeatures = 26);
|
|
|
+ TBLContextCreateFlags = set of TBLContextCreateFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Specifies a rendering context property that can be specific to the rendering
|
|
|
+ context implementation and that doesn't have its own C and C++ API.
|
|
|
+ Different rendering context implementations may expose various properties
|
|
|
+ that users can query to get more details about the rendering context itself,
|
|
|
+ rendering details (like optimizations or possibly limitations), memory
|
|
|
+ details, and other information that was collected during the rendering.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Properties are never part of the rendering context state - they are
|
|
|
+ stateless and are not subject to Save and Restore. Many properties are
|
|
|
+ purely informative, but some not, e.g. AccumulatedErrorFlags. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextProperty = (
|
|
|
+ { Number of threads that the rendering context uses for rendering. }
|
|
|
+ ThreadCount = BL_CONTEXT_PROPERTY_THREAD_COUNT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Accumulated errors collected during the lifetime of the rendering
|
|
|
+ context. }
|
|
|
+ AccumulatedErrorFlags = BL_CONTEXT_PROPERTY_ACCUMULATED_ERROR_FLAGS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Error flags that are accumulated during the rendering context lifetime and
|
|
|
+ that can be queried through TBLContext.QueryAccumulatedErrorFlags. The
|
|
|
+ reason why these flags exist is that errors can happen during asynchronous
|
|
|
+ rendering, and there is no way the user can catch these errors. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextErrorFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { The rendering context returned or encountered TBLResultCode.InvalidValue,
|
|
|
+ which is mostly related to function argument handling. It's very likely
|
|
|
+ some argument was wrong when calling TBLContext API. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidValue = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Invalid state describes something wrong, for example pipeline compilation
|
|
|
+ problem. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidState = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The rendering context has encountered invalid geometry. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidGeometry = 2,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The rendering context has encountered invalid glyph. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidGlyph = 3,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The rendering context has encountered invalid or uninitialized font. }
|
|
|
+ InvalidFont = 4,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Thread pool was exhausted and couldn't acquire the requested number of
|
|
|
+ threads. }
|
|
|
+ ThreadPoolExhausted = 29,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Out of memory condition. }
|
|
|
+ OutOfMemory = 30,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Unknown error, which we don't have flag for. }
|
|
|
+ UnknownError = 31);
|
|
|
+ TBLContextErrorFlags = set of TBLContextErrorFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Clip mode. }
|
|
|
+ TBLClipMode = (
|
|
|
+ { Clipping to a rectangle that is aligned to the pixel grid. }
|
|
|
+ AlignedRect = BL_CLIP_MODE_ALIGNED_RECT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clipping to a rectangle that is not aligned to pixel grid. }
|
|
|
+ UnalignedRect = BL_CLIP_MODE_UNALIGNED_RECT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clipping to a non-rectangular area that is defined by using mask. }
|
|
|
+ Mask = BL_CLIP_MODE_MASK);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Composition & blending operator. }
|
|
|
+ TBLCompOp = (
|
|
|
+ { Source-over [default]. }
|
|
|
+ SrcOver = BL_COMP_OP_SRC_OVER,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Source-copy. }
|
|
|
+ SrcCopy = BL_COMP_OP_SRC_COPY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Source-in. }
|
|
|
+ SrcIn = BL_COMP_OP_SRC_IN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Source-out. }
|
|
|
+ SrcOut = BL_COMP_OP_SRC_OUT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Source-atop. }
|
|
|
+ SrcAtop = BL_COMP_OP_SRC_ATOP,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Destination-over. }
|
|
|
+ DstOver = BL_COMP_OP_DST_OVER,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Destination-copy [nop]. }
|
|
|
+ DstCopy = BL_COMP_OP_DST_COPY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Destination-in. }
|
|
|
+ DstIn = BL_COMP_OP_DST_IN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Destination-out. }
|
|
|
+ DstOut = BL_COMP_OP_DST_OUT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Destination-atop. }
|
|
|
+ DstAtop = BL_COMP_OP_DST_ATOP,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Xor. }
|
|
|
+ ExclusiveOr = BL_COMP_OP_XOR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clear. }
|
|
|
+ Clear = BL_COMP_OP_CLEAR,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Plus. }
|
|
|
+ Plus = BL_COMP_OP_PLUS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minus. }
|
|
|
+ Minus = BL_COMP_OP_MINUS,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Modulate. }
|
|
|
+ Modulate = BL_COMP_OP_MODULATE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Multiply. }
|
|
|
+ Multiply = BL_COMP_OP_MULTIPLY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Screen. }
|
|
|
+ Screen = BL_COMP_OP_SCREEN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Overlay. }
|
|
|
+ Overlay = BL_COMP_OP_OVERLAY,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Darken. }
|
|
|
+ Darken = BL_COMP_OP_DARKEN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Lighten. }
|
|
|
+ Lighten = BL_COMP_OP_LIGHTEN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Color dodge. }
|
|
|
+ ColorDodge = BL_COMP_OP_COLOR_DODGE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Color burn. }
|
|
|
+ ColorBurn = BL_COMP_OP_COLOR_BURN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Linear burn. }
|
|
|
+ LinearBurn = BL_COMP_OP_LINEAR_BURN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Linear light. }
|
|
|
+ LinearLight = BL_COMP_OP_LINEAR_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Pin light. }
|
|
|
+ PinLight = BL_COMP_OP_PIN_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Hard-light. }
|
|
|
+ HardLight = BL_COMP_OP_HARD_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Soft-light. }
|
|
|
+ SoftLight = BL_COMP_OP_SOFT_LIGHT,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Difference. }
|
|
|
+ Difference = BL_COMP_OP_DIFFERENCE,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Exclusion. }
|
|
|
+ Exclusion = BL_COMP_OP_EXCLUSION);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Gradient rendering quality. }
|
|
|
+ TBLGradientQuality = (
|
|
|
+ { Nearest neighbor. }
|
|
|
+ Nearest = BL_GRADIENT_QUALITY_NEAREST);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Pattern quality. }
|
|
|
+ TBLPatternQuality = (
|
|
|
+ { Nearest neighbor. }
|
|
|
+ Nearest = BL_PATTERN_QUALITY_NEAREST,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Bilinear. }
|
|
|
+ Bilinear = BL_PATTERN_QUALITY_BILINEAR);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering quality. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRenderingQuality = (
|
|
|
+ { Render using anti-aliasing. }
|
|
|
+ AntiAlias = BL_RENDERING_QUALITY_ANTIALIAS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLContext - CreateInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Information that can be used to customize the rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextCreateInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLContextCreateInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlags: TBLContextCreateFlags; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlags(const AValue: TBLContextCreateFlags); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Create flags, see TBLContextCreateFlags. }
|
|
|
+ property Flags: TBLContextCreateFlags read GetFlags write SetFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of worker threads to use for asynchronous rendering, if non-zero.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If ThreadCount is zero it means to initialize the context for synchronous
|
|
|
+ rendering. This means that every operation will take effect immediately.
|
|
|
+ If ThreadCount is 1 it means that the rendering will be asynchronous, but
|
|
|
+ no thread would be acquired from a thread-pool, because the user thread
|
|
|
+ will be used as a worker. And finally, if ThreadCount is greater than 1
|
|
|
+ then total of ThreadCount - 1 threads will be acquired from thread-pool
|
|
|
+ and used as additional workers. }
|
|
|
+ property ThreadCount: Integer read FHandle.threadCount write FHandle.threadCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { CPU features to use in isolated JIT runtime (if supported), only used
|
|
|
+ when Flags contains TBLContextCreateFlag.OverrideCpuFeatures. }
|
|
|
+ property CpuFeatures: Cardinal read FHandle.cpuFeatures write FHandle.cpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum number of commands to be queued.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If this parameter is zero the queue size will be determined automatically.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ TODO: To be documented, has no effect at the moment. }
|
|
|
+ property CommandQueueLimit: Integer read FHandle.commandQueueLimit write FHandle.commandQueueLimit;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLContextCreateInfo = ^TBLContextCreateInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLContext - Cookie]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Holds an arbitrary 128-bit value (cookie) that can be used to match other
|
|
|
+ cookies. Blend2D uses cookies in places where it allows to "lock" some
|
|
|
+ state that can only be unlocked by a matching cookie. Please don't confuse
|
|
|
+ cookies with a security of any kind, it's just an arbitrary data that must
|
|
|
+ match to proceed with a certain operation.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Cookies can be used with IBLContext.Save and IBLContextRestore operations. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextCookie = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLContextCookie;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsEmpty: Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class operator Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLContextCookie): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ class operator NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLContextCookie): Boolean; inline; static;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AOther: TBLContextCookie); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset(const AData0, AData1: UInt64); overload; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: TBLContextCookie): Boolean; inline;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ property IsEmpty: Boolean read GetIsEmpty;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLContextCookie = ^TBLContextCookie;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLContext - Hints]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context hints. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextHints = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLContextHints;
|
|
|
+ function GetGradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetPatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetRenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality; inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGradientQuality(const AValue: TBLGradientQuality); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPatternQuality(const AValue: TBLPatternQuality); inline;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRenderingQuality(const AValue: TBLRenderingQuality); inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ property RenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality read GetRenderingQuality write SetRenderingQuality;
|
|
|
+ property GradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality read GetGradientQuality write SetGradientQuality;
|
|
|
+ property PatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality read GetPatternQuality write SetPatternQuality;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLContextHints = ^TBLContextHints;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLContext - State]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context state.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This state is not meant to be created by users, it's only provided for users
|
|
|
+ that want to introspect the rendering context state. }
|
|
|
+ TBLContextState = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLContextState;
|
|
|
+ function GetApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetCompOp: TBLCompOp; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFillRule: TBLFillRule; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFillStyle: TBLStyleType; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetHints: TBLContextHints; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetSavedStateCount: Integer; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeStyle: TBLStyleType; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetImage: IBLImage; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetSize: TBLSize; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetFillAlpha: Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeAlpha: Double; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Target image or image object with nil impl in case that the rendering
|
|
|
+ context doesn't render to an image. }
|
|
|
+ property TargetImage: IBLImage read GetTargetImage;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current size of the target in abstract units, pixels if rendering to
|
|
|
+ IBLImage. }
|
|
|
+ property TargetSize: TBLSize read GetTargetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current context hints. }
|
|
|
+ property Hints: TBLContextHints read GetHints;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current composition operator. }
|
|
|
+ property CompOp: TBLCompOp read GetCompOp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current fill rule. }
|
|
|
+ property FillRule: TBLFillRule read GetFillRule;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current type of a style for fill operations. }
|
|
|
+ property FillStyle: TBLStyleType read GetFillStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current type of a style for stroke operations. }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeStyle: TBLStyleType read GetStrokeStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Approximation options. }
|
|
|
+ property ApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions read GetApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current global alpha value [0, 1]. }
|
|
|
+ property GlobalAlpha: Double read FHandle.globalAlpha;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current fill alpha }
|
|
|
+ property FillAlpha: Double read GetFillAlpha;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current stroke alpha }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeAlpha: Double read GetStrokeAlpha;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current stroke options. }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions read GetStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current meta transformation matrix. }
|
|
|
+ property MetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D read GetMetaMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Current user transformation matrix. }
|
|
|
+ property UserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D read GetUserMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Count of saved states in the context. }
|
|
|
+ property SavedStateCount: Integer read GetSavedStateCount;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLContextState = ^TBLContextState;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLContext]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Rendering context }
|
|
|
+ IBLContext = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{079F0FF5-12D6-4D53-B5AA-79C1AEE83068}']
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetSize: TBLSize;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetHeight: Double;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ function GetContextType: TBLContextType;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetSavedStateCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ function GetUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUserMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ function GetHints: TBLContextHints;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHints(const AValue: TBLContextHints);
|
|
|
+ function GetRenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRenderingQuality(const AValue: TBLRenderingQuality);
|
|
|
+ function GetGradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGradientQuality(const AValue: TBLGradientQuality);
|
|
|
+ function GetPatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPatternQuality(const AValue: TBLPatternQuality);
|
|
|
+ function GetApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlattenMode(const AValue: TBLFlattenMode);
|
|
|
+ function GetFlattenTolerance: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlattenTolerance(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetCompOp: TBLCompOp;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCompOp(const AValue: TBLCompOp);
|
|
|
+ function GetGlobalAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlobalAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillStyle: TBLStyleType; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeStyle: TBLStyleType; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetFillAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillColor: TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillColor(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillColor64: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillColor64(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillColorF: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillColorF(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeColor: TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeColor(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeColor64: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeColor64(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeColorF: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeColorF(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillPattern: IBLPattern;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillPattern(const AValue: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokePattern: IBLPattern;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokePattern(const AValue: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillGradient: IBLGradient;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillGradient(const AValue: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeGradient: IBLGradient;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeGradient(const AValue: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillRule: TBLFillRule;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillRule(const AValue: TBLFillRule);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeWidth(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeMiterLimit: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeMiterLimit(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeJoin: TBLStrokeJoin;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeJoin(const AValue: TBLStrokeJoin);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeStartCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStartCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeEndCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeEndCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeDashOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeDashOffset(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeDashArray: TArray<Double>;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeDashArray(const AValue: TArray<Double>);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeTransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeTransformOrder(const AValue: TBLStrokeTransformOrder);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeOptions(const AValue: TBLStrokeOptions);
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLContextCore;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets this rendering context to the default constructed one.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Similar behavior to the destructor, but the context will still be valid
|
|
|
+ after Reset and would behave like a default constructed context. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether this and AOther point to the same rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLContext): Boolean; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Starts rendering to the given AImage.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If this operation succeeds then the rendering context will have exclusive
|
|
|
+ access to the image data. This means that no other renderer can use it
|
|
|
+ during rendering. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Start(const AImage: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Start(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateInfo: TBLContextCreateInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Waits for completion of all render commands and detaches the rendering
|
|
|
+ context from the rendering target. After Finish completes the rendering
|
|
|
+ context implementation would be released and replaced by a built-in null
|
|
|
+ instance (no context). }
|
|
|
+ procedure Finish;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Flushes the context }
|
|
|
+ procedure Flush(const AFlags: TBLContextFlushFlags);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Queries the number of threads that the rendering context uses.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If the returned value is zero it means that the rendering is synchronous,
|
|
|
+ otherwise it describes the number of threads used for asynchronous
|
|
|
+ rendering which include the user thread. For example if the returned value
|
|
|
+ is 2 it means that the rendering context uses the user thread and one more
|
|
|
+ worker. }
|
|
|
+ function QueryThreadCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Queries accumulated errors as flags.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Errors may accumulate during the lifetime of the rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ function QueryAccumulatedErrorFlags: TBLContextErrorFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Saves the current rendering context state.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Blend2D uses optimizations that make Save a cheap operation. Only core
|
|
|
+ values are actually saved in Save, others will only be saved if they
|
|
|
+ are modified. This means that consecutive calls to Save and Restore
|
|
|
+ do almost nothing. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Save; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Saves the current rendering context state and creates a restoration
|
|
|
+ ACookie.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If you use a ACookie to save a state you have to use the same cookie to
|
|
|
+ restore it otherwise the Restore would fail. Please note that cookies
|
|
|
+ are not a means of security, they are provided for making it easier to
|
|
|
+ guarantee that a code that you may not control won't break your context. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Save(out ACookie: TBLContextCookie); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Restores the top-most saved context-state.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Possible errors:
|
|
|
+ * TBLResultCode.NoStatesToRestore: There are no saved states to restore.
|
|
|
+ * TBLResultCode.NoMatchingCookie: Previous state was saved with cookie,
|
|
|
+ which was not provided. You would need the correct cookie to restore
|
|
|
+ such state. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Restore; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Restores to the point that matches the given ACookie.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ More than one state can be restored in case that the ACookie points to
|
|
|
+ some previous state in the list.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Possible errors:
|
|
|
+ * TBLResultCode.NoStatesToRestore: There are no saved states to restore.
|
|
|
+ * TBLResultCode.NoMatchingCookie: The cookie did't match any saved state. }
|
|
|
+ procedure Restore(const ACookie: TBLContextCookie); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Resets user matrix to identity. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Store the result of combining the current MetaMatrix and UserMatrix
|
|
|
+ to MetaMatrix and reset UserMatrix to identity.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Please note that this operation is irreversible. The only way to restore
|
|
|
+ both matrices to the state before the call to UserToMeta is to use
|
|
|
+ Save and Restore functions. }
|
|
|
+ procedure UserToMeta;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { These are alternatives to the FillColor, FillColor64, FillPattern and
|
|
|
+ FillGradient properties. }
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const AImage: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { These are alternatives to the StrokeColor, StrokeColor64, StrokePattern
|
|
|
+ and StrokeGradient properties. }
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const AImage: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Restores clipping to the last saved state or to the context default
|
|
|
+ clipping if there is no saved state.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ If there are no saved states then it resets clipping completely to the
|
|
|
+ initial state that was used when the rendering context was created. }
|
|
|
+ procedure RestoreClipping;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClipToRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClipToRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClipToRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clear everything. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearAll;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Clears a rectangle ARect. }
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills everything. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillAll;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a box. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBox(const ABox: TBLBox); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a rectangle ARect. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a circle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills an ellipse. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a rounded rectangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a chord. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillChord(const AChord: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillChord(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillChord(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a pie. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPie(const APie: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPie(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPie(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a triangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills a polygon. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills an array of boxes. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills an array of rectangles. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills the given ARegion. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills the given Path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills the passed text by using the given AFont. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fills the passed AGlyphRun by using the given AFont. }
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a box. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBox(const ABox: TBLBox); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a rectangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a line. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeLine(const ALine: TBLLine); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeLine(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeLine(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a circle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes an ellipse. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a rounded rectangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes an arc. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeArc(const AArc: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeArc(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeArc(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a chord. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeChord(const AChord: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeChord(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeChord(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a pie. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePie(const APie: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePie(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePie(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a triangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a polyline. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes a polygon. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes an array of boxes. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes an array of rectangles. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes the given Path. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes the passed text by using the given AFont. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Strokes the passed AGlyphRun by using the given AFont. }
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Blits source image ASrc at coordinates specified by ADst. }
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPoint; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPointI; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Blits an area of source image ASrc specified by ASrcArea at coordinates
|
|
|
+ specified by ADst.}
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPoint; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPointI; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Blits a source image ASrc scaled to fit into ADst rectangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRect; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRectI; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Blits an area of source image ASrc specified by ASrcArea scaled to fit
|
|
|
+ into ADst rectangle. }
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRect; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRectI; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Target size in abstract units (pixels in case of IBLImage) }
|
|
|
+ property TargetSize: TBLSize read GetTargetSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Target width in abstract units (pixels in case of IBLImage) }
|
|
|
+ property TargetWidth: Double read GetTargetWidth;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Target width in abstract units (pixels in case of IBLImage) }
|
|
|
+ property TargetHeight: Double read GetTargetHeight;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Returns the target image or nil if there is no target image.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: The rendering context doesn't own the image, but it increases its
|
|
|
+ writer count, which means that the image will not be destroyed even when
|
|
|
+ user destroys it during the rendering (in such case it will be destroyed
|
|
|
+ after the rendering ends when the writer count goes to zero). This means
|
|
|
+ that the rendering context must hold the image and not the pointer to
|
|
|
+ the IBLImage passed to either the constructor or Start function. So the
|
|
|
+ returned pointer is not the same as the pointer passed to Start, but it
|
|
|
+ points to the same impl. }
|
|
|
+ property TargetImage: IBLImage read GetTargetImage;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The type of this context }
|
|
|
+ property ContextType: TBLContextType read GetContextType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Whether the context is a built-in null instance. }
|
|
|
+ property IsNone: Boolean read GetIsNone;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { The number of saved states in the context (0 means no saved states). }
|
|
|
+ property SavedStateCount: Integer read GetSavedStateCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Meta-matrix.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Meta matrix is a core transformation matrix that is normally not changed
|
|
|
+ by transformations applied to the context. Instead it acts as a secondary
|
|
|
+ matrix used to create the final transformation matrix from meta and user
|
|
|
+ matrices.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Meta matrix can be used to scale the whole context for HI-DPI rendering
|
|
|
+ or to change the orientation of the image being rendered, however, the
|
|
|
+ number of use-cases is unlimited.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ To change the meta-matrix you must first change user-matrix and then call
|
|
|
+ UserToMeta, which would update meta-matrix and clear user-matrix.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ See UserMatrix and UserToMeta. }
|
|
|
+ property MetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D read GetMetaMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { User-matrix.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ User matrix contains all transformations that happened to the rendering
|
|
|
+ context unless the context was restored or UserToMeta was called. }
|
|
|
+ property UserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D read GetUserMatrix write SetUserMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Rendering hints. }
|
|
|
+ property Hints: TBLContextHints read GetHints write SetHints;
|
|
|
+ property RenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality read GetRenderingQuality write SetRenderingQuality;
|
|
|
+ property GradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality read GetGradientQuality write SetGradientQuality;
|
|
|
+ property PatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality read GetPatternQuality write SetPatternQuality;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Approximation options. }
|
|
|
+ property ApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions read GetApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Flatten mode. }
|
|
|
+ property FlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode read GetFlattenMode write SetFlattenMode;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Tolerance used for curve flattening. }
|
|
|
+ property FlattenTolerance: Double read GetFlattenTolerance write SetFlattenTolerance;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Composition operator. }
|
|
|
+ property CompOp: TBLCompOp read GetCompOp write SetCompOp;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Global alpha value. }
|
|
|
+ property GlobalAlpha: Double read GetGlobalAlpha write SetGlobalAlpha;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fill style }
|
|
|
+ property FillStyle: TBLStyleType read GetFillStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke style }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeStyle: TBLStyleType read GetStrokeStyle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fill alpha }
|
|
|
+ property FillAlpha: Double read GetFillAlpha write SetFillAlpha;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke alpha }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeAlpha: Double read GetStrokeAlpha write SetStrokeAlpha;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fill color }
|
|
|
+ property FillColor: TBLRgba32 read GetFillColor write SetFillColor;
|
|
|
+ property FillColor64: TBLRgba64 read GetFillColor64 write SetFillColor64;
|
|
|
+ property FillColorF: TBLRgba read GetFillColorF write SetFillColorF;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke color }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeColor: TBLRgba32 read GetStrokeColor write SetStrokeColor;
|
|
|
+ property StrokeColor64: TBLRgba64 read GetStrokeColor64 write SetStrokeColor64;
|
|
|
+ property StrokeColorF: TBLRgba read GetStrokeColorF write SetStrokeColorF;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fill Pattern }
|
|
|
+ property FillPattern: IBLPattern read GetFillPattern write SetFillPattern;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke Pattern }
|
|
|
+ property StrokePattern: IBLPattern read GetStrokePattern write SetStrokePattern;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fill Gradient }
|
|
|
+ property FillGradient: IBLGradient read GetFillGradient write SetFillGradient;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke Gradient }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeGradient: IBLGradient read GetStrokeGradient write SetStrokeGradient;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Fill rule }
|
|
|
+ property FillRule: TBLFillRule read GetFillRule write SetFillRule;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke width }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeWidth: Double read GetStrokeWidth write SetStrokeWidth;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke miter-limit. }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeMiterLimit: Double read GetStrokeMiterLimit write SetStrokeMiterLimit;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke join }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeJoin: TBLStrokeJoin read GetStrokeJoin write SetStrokeJoin;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke start-cap }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeStartCap: TBLStrokeCap read GetStrokeStartCap write SetStrokeStartCap;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke end-cap }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeEndCap: TBLStrokeCap read GetStrokeEndCap write SetStrokeEndCap;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke dash-offset. }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeDashOffset: Double read GetStrokeDashOffset write SetStrokeDashOffset;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke dash-array. }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeDashArray: TArray<Double> read GetStrokeDashArray write SetStrokeDashArray;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Stroke transform order }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeTransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder read GetStrokeTransformOrder write SetStrokeTransformOrder;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { All stroke options }
|
|
|
+ property StrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions read GetStrokeOptions write SetStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Internal handle for use with the C API }
|
|
|
+ property Handle: PBLContextCore read GetHandle;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Implements IBLContext }
|
|
|
+ TBLContext = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLContext)
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLContextCore;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLContext }
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetSize: TBLSize;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetHeight: Double;
|
|
|
+ function GetTargetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ function GetContextType: TBLContextType;
|
|
|
+ function GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ function GetSavedStateCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function GetMetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ function GetUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetUserMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+ function GetHints: TBLContextHints;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetHints(const AValue: TBLContextHints);
|
|
|
+ function GetRenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetRenderingQuality(const AValue: TBLRenderingQuality);
|
|
|
+ function GetGradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGradientQuality(const AValue: TBLGradientQuality);
|
|
|
+ function GetPatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetPatternQuality(const AValue: TBLPatternQuality);
|
|
|
+ function GetApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+ function GetFlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlattenMode(const AValue: TBLFlattenMode);
|
|
|
+ function GetFlattenTolerance: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFlattenTolerance(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetCompOp: TBLCompOp;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetCompOp(const AValue: TBLCompOp);
|
|
|
+ function GetGlobalAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetGlobalAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillStyle: TBLStyleType; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeStyle: TBLStyleType; overload;
|
|
|
+ function GetFillAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillColor: TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillColor(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillColor64: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillColor64(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillColorF: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillColorF(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeColor: TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeColor(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeColor64: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeColor64(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeColorF: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeColorF(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillPattern: IBLPattern;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillPattern(const AValue: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokePattern: IBLPattern;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokePattern(const AValue: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillGradient: IBLGradient;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillGradient(const AValue: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeGradient: IBLGradient;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeGradient(const AValue: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+ function GetFillRule: TBLFillRule;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillRule(const AValue: TBLFillRule);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeWidth(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeMiterLimit: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeMiterLimit(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeJoin: TBLStrokeJoin;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeJoin(const AValue: TBLStrokeJoin);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeStartCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStartCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeEndCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeEndCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeDashOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeDashOffset(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeDashArray: TArray<Double>;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeDashArray(const AValue: TArray<Double>);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeTransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeTransformOrder(const AValue: TBLStrokeTransformOrder);
|
|
|
+ function GetStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeOptions(const AValue: TBLStrokeOptions);
|
|
|
+ function GetHandle: PBLContextCore;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Reset;
|
|
|
+ function Equals(const AOther: IBLContext): Boolean; reintroduce; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Start(const AImage: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Start(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateInfo: TBLContextCreateInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Finish;
|
|
|
+ procedure Flush(const AFlags: TBLContextFlushFlags);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function QueryThreadCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ function QueryAccumulatedErrorFlags: TBLContextErrorFlags;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Save; overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Save(out ACookie: TBLContextCookie); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Restore; overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Restore(const ACookie: TBLContextCookie); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Translate(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Scale(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Skew(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTranslate(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AXY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostScale(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostSkew(const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPointI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure UserToMeta;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetFillStyle(out AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetFillStyle(const AImage: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure GetStrokeStyle(out AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba32); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba64); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const APattern: IBLPattern); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const AGradient: IBLGradient); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure SetStrokeStyle(const AImage: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure RestoreClipping;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClipToRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClipToRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClipToRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearAll;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure ClearRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillAll;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBox(const ABox: TBLBox); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillChord(const AChord: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillChord(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillChord(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPie(const APie: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPie(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPie(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPolygon(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillPath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBox(const ABox: TBLBox); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRect(const ARect: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRect(const ARect: TBLRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeLine(const ALine: TBLLine); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeLine(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeLine(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeArc(const AArc: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeArc(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeArc(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeChord(const AChord: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeChord(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeChord(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePie(const APie: TBLArc); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePie(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePie(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolyline(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePolygon(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokePath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure StrokeGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPoint; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPointI; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPoint; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPointI; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRect; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRectI; const ASrc: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRect; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ procedure BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRectI; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI); overload;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ procedure AfterConstruction; override;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Creates a default constructed rendering context.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Default constructed means that the instance is valid, but uninitialized,
|
|
|
+ which means the rendering context does not have attached any target. Any
|
|
|
+ attempt to use uninitialized context results in
|
|
|
+ TBLResultCode.NotInitialized error. }
|
|
|
+ constructor Create; overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new rendering context for rendering to the image ATarget. }
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const ATarget: IBLImage); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Creates a new rendering context for rendering to the image ATarget.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ This overload accepts create options that can be used to change the
|
|
|
+ implementation of the rendering context. }
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const ATarget: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateInfo: TBLContextCreateInfo); overload;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ function Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean; overload; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Context'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Runtime'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Constants]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Blend2D runtime limits.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: These constanst are used across Blend2D, but they are not designed to
|
|
|
+ be ABI stable. New versions of Blend2D can increase certain limits without
|
|
|
+ notice. Use runtime to query the limits dynamically, see
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeBuildInfo. }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ { Maximum width and height of an image. }
|
|
|
+ BL_MAX_IMAGE_SIZE = BL_RUNTIME_MAX_IMAGE_SIZE;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum number of threads for asynchronous operations (including rendering). }
|
|
|
+ BL_MAX_THREAD_COUNT = BL_RUNTIME_MAX_THREAD_COUNT;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [Enums]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Blend2D runtime build type. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeBuildType = (
|
|
|
+ { Describes a Blend2D debug build. }
|
|
|
+ Debug = BL_RUNTIME_BUILD_TYPE_DEBUG,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Describes a Blend2D release build. }
|
|
|
+ Release = BL_RUNTIME_BUILD_TYPE_RELEASE);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { CPU architectures }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCpuArch = (
|
|
|
+ { Unknown architecture. }
|
|
|
+ Unknown = BL_RUNTIME_CPU_ARCH_UNKNOWN,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 32-bit or 64-bit X86 architecture. }
|
|
|
+ X86 = BL_RUNTIME_CPU_ARCH_X86,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 32-bit or 64-bit ARM architecture. }
|
|
|
+ ARM = BL_RUNTIME_CPU_ARCH_ARM,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { 32-bit or 64-bit MIPS architecture. }
|
|
|
+ MIPS = BL_RUNTIME_CPU_ARCH_MIPS);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ {! CPU features Blend2D supports. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCpuFeature = (
|
|
|
+ SSE2 = 0,
|
|
|
+ SSE3 = 1,
|
|
|
+ SSSE3 = 2,
|
|
|
+ SSE4_1 = 3,
|
|
|
+ SSE4_2 = 4,
|
|
|
+ AVX = 5,
|
|
|
+ AVX2 = 6);
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures = set of TBLRuntimeCpuFeature;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Runtime cleanup flags that can be used through BLRuntime.Cleanup }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCleanupFlag = (
|
|
|
+ { Cleanup object memory pool. }
|
|
|
+ ObjectPool = 0,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Cleanup zeroed memory pool. }
|
|
|
+ ZeroedPool = 1,
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Cleanup thread pool (would join unused threads). }
|
|
|
+ ThreadPool = 4);
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCleanupFlags = set of TBLRuntimeCleanupFlag;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ _TBLRuntimeCleanupFlagsHelper = record helper for TBLRuntimeCleanupFlags
|
|
|
+ public const
|
|
|
+ Everything = [TBLRuntimeCleanupFlag.ObjectPool,
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCleanupFlag.ZeroedPool,
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeCleanupFlag.ThreadPool];
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRuntime - BuildInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Blend2D build information. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeBuildInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRuntimeBuildInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetBuildType: TBLRuntimeBuildType; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetBaselineCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetSupportedCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Blend2D version stored as (Major shl 16) or (Minor shl 8) or Patch }
|
|
|
+ property Version: Cardinal read FHandle.version.version;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Decomposed Blend2D version }
|
|
|
+ property PatchVersion: Byte read FHandle.version.patchVersion;
|
|
|
+ property MinorVersion: Byte read FHandle.version.minorVersion;
|
|
|
+ property MajorVersion: Word read FHandle.version.majorVersion;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Blend2D build type }
|
|
|
+ property BuildType: TBLRuntimeBuildType read GetBuildType;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Baseline CPU features.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ These features describe CPU features that were detected at compile-time.
|
|
|
+ Baseline features are used to compile all source files so they represent
|
|
|
+ the minimum feature-set the target CPU must support to run Blend2D.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Official Blend2D builds set baseline at SSE2 on X86 target and NEON on
|
|
|
+ ARM target. Custom builds can set use different baseline. }
|
|
|
+ property BaselineCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures read GetBaselineCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Supported CPU features.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ These features do not represent the features that the host CPU must
|
|
|
+ support, instead, they represent all features that Blend2D can take
|
|
|
+ advantage of in C++ code that uses instruction intrinsics. For example if
|
|
|
+ AVX2 is part of SupportedCpuFeatures it means that Blend2D can take
|
|
|
+ advantage of it if there is a separate code-path. }
|
|
|
+ property SupportedCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures read GetSupportedCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum size of an image (both width and height). }
|
|
|
+ property MaxImageSize: Integer read FHandle.maxImageSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Maximum number of threads for asynchronous operations, including
|
|
|
+ rendering. }
|
|
|
+ property MaxThreadCount: Integer read FHandle.maxThreadCount;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRuntimeBuildInfo = ^TBLRuntimeBuildInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRuntime - SystemInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { System information queried by the runtime. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeSystemInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRuntimeSystemInfo;
|
|
|
+ function GetCpuArch: TBLRuntimeCpuArch; inline;
|
|
|
+ function GetCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures; inline;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Host CPU architecture }
|
|
|
+ property CpuArch: TBLRuntimeCpuArch read GetCpuArch;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Host CPU features }
|
|
|
+ property CpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures read GetCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of cores of the host CPU/CPUs. }
|
|
|
+ property CoreCount: Integer read FHandle.coreCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of threads of the host CPU/CPUs. }
|
|
|
+ property ThreadCount: Integer read FHandle.threadCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Minimum stack size of a worker thread used by Blend2D. }
|
|
|
+ property ThreadStackSize: Integer read FHandle.threadStackSize;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Allocation granularity of virtual memory (includes thread's stack). }
|
|
|
+ property AllocationGranularity: Integer read FHandle.allocationGranularity;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRuntimeSystemInfo = ^TBLRuntimeSystemInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRuntime - MemoryInfo]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ { Provides information about resources allocated by Blend2D. }
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntimeResourceInfo = record
|
|
|
+ {$REGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLRuntimeResourceInfo;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDREGION 'Internal Declarations'}
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ { Virtual memory used at this time. }
|
|
|
+ property VMUsed: NativeInt read FHandle.vmUsed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Virtual memory reserved (allocated internally). }
|
|
|
+ property VMReserved: NativeInt read FHandle.vmReserved;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Overhead required to manage virtual memory allocations. }
|
|
|
+ property VMOverhead: NativeInt read FHandle.vmOverhead;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of blocks of virtual memory allocated. }
|
|
|
+ property VMBlockCount: NativeInt read FHandle.vmBlockCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Zeroed memory used at this time. }
|
|
|
+ property ZMUsed: NativeInt read FHandle.zmUsed;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Zeroed memory reserved (allocated internally). }
|
|
|
+ property ZMReserved: NativeInt read FHandle.zmReserved;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Overhead required to manage zeroed memory allocations. }
|
|
|
+ property ZMOverhead: NativeInt read FHandle.zmOverhead;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of blocks of zeroed memory allocated. }
|
|
|
+ property ZMBlockCount: NativeInt read FHandle.zmBlockCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Count of dynamic pipelines created and cached. }
|
|
|
+ property DynamicPipelineCount: NativeInt read FHandle.dynamicPipelineCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of active file handles used by Blend2D.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: File handles are counted by IBLFile - when a file is opened a global
|
|
|
+ counter is incremented and when it's closed it's decremented.
|
|
|
+ This means that this number represents the actual use of IBLFile and
|
|
|
+ doesn't consider the origin of the use (it's either Blend2D or user). }
|
|
|
+ property FileHandleCount: NativeInt read FHandle.fileHandleCount;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ { Number of active file mappings used by Blend2D.
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Note: Blend2D maps file content to TBytes container, so this number
|
|
|
+ represents the actual number of TBytes instances that contain a mapped
|
|
|
+ file. }
|
|
|
+ property FileMappingCount: NativeInt read FHandle.fileMappingCount;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ PBLRuntimeMemoryInfo = ^TBLRuntimeResourceInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ ============================================================================
|
|
|
+ [BLRuntime]
|
|
|
+ ============================================================================ }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLRuntime = class // static
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class procedure Cleanup(const AFlags: TBLRuntimeCleanupFlags); static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure QueryBuildInfo(out AInfo: TBLRuntimeBuildInfo); static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure QuerySystemInfo(out AInfo: TBLRuntimeSystemInfo); static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure QueryResourceInfo(out AInfo: TBLRuntimeResourceInfo); static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure LogMessage(const AMessage: String); overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class procedure LogMessage(const AMessage: String; const AArgs: array of const); overload; static;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Runtime'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Internal'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure _BLCheck(const AResult: BLResultCode);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Internal'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+implementation
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+uses
|
|
|
+ System.TypInfo;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$POINTERMATH ON}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Utils'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ IBLArray = interface
|
|
|
+ ['{F0CABAA5-F756-483D-95F1-4EBC134793D9}']
|
|
|
+ function Handle: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ procedure RevokeOwnership;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLArray = class(TInterfacedObject, IBLArray)
|
|
|
+ private
|
|
|
+ FHandle: BLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ protected
|
|
|
+ { IBLArray }
|
|
|
+ function Handle: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ procedure RevokeOwnership;
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ constructor Create(const AType: BLImplType);
|
|
|
+ destructor Destroy; override;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+type
|
|
|
+ TBLUtils = class // static
|
|
|
+ public
|
|
|
+ class function ArrayElementType<T>: BLImplType; static;
|
|
|
+ class function CreateBLArray<T: record>: IBLArray; static;
|
|
|
+ class function BLArrayToArray<T: record>(const AArray: BLArrayCore): TArray<T>; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function BLArrayToArray<T: record>(const AArray: IBLArray): TArray<T>; overload; static;
|
|
|
+ class function ArrayToBLArray<T: record>(const AArray: TArray<T>): IBLArray; static;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLArray }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLArray.Create(const AType: BLImplType);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blArrayInit(@FHandle, AType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLArray.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blArrayDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLArray.Handle: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLArray.RevokeOwnership;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := True;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLUtils }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLUtils.ArrayElementType<T>: BLImplType;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Info: PTypeInfo;
|
|
|
+ Data: PTypeData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Info := TypeInfo(T);
|
|
|
+ case GetTypeKind(T) of
|
|
|
+ tkInteger,
|
|
|
+ tkEnumeration:
|
|
|
+ case GetTypeData(Info)^.OrdType of
|
|
|
+ otSByte: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_I8);
|
|
|
+ otUByte: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_U8);
|
|
|
+ otSWord: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_I16);
|
|
|
+ otUWord: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_U16);
|
|
|
+ otSLong: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_I32);
|
|
|
+ otULong: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_U32);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ tkInt64:
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Data := GetTypeData(Info);
|
|
|
+ if (Data^.MaxInt64Value > Data^.MinInt64Value) then
|
|
|
+ Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_I64)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_U64);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ tkFloat:
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Data := GetTypeData(Info);
|
|
|
+ case Data^.FloatType of
|
|
|
+ ftSingle : Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_F32);
|
|
|
+ ftDouble : Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_F64);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ tkRecord:
|
|
|
+ case SizeOf(T) of
|
|
|
+ 1: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_1);
|
|
|
+ 2: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_2);
|
|
|
+ 3: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_3);
|
|
|
+ 4: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_4);
|
|
|
+ 6: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_6);
|
|
|
+ 8: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_8);
|
|
|
+ 10: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_10);
|
|
|
+ 12: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_12);
|
|
|
+ 16: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_16);
|
|
|
+ 20: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_20);
|
|
|
+ 24: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_24);
|
|
|
+ 32: Exit(BL_IMPL_TYPE_ARRAY_STRUCT_32);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Assert(False, 'Unsupported array element type');
|
|
|
+ Result := BL_IMPL_TYPE_NULL;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<T>(const AArray: TArray<T>): IBLArray;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ A: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ Count: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLArray.Create(ArrayElementType<T>);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Count := Length(AArray);
|
|
|
+ if (Count <> 0) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ A := Result.Handle;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blArrayReserve(A, Count));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blArrayAppendView(A, @AArray[0], Count));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<T>(const AArray: BLArrayCore): TArray<T>;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Impl: PBLArrayImpl;
|
|
|
+ Count: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Impl := AArray.impl;
|
|
|
+ Assert(Assigned(Impl) and (Impl.itemSize = SizeOf(T)));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Count := Impl.size;
|
|
|
+ if (Count = 0) then
|
|
|
+ Exit(nil);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ SetLength(Result, Count);
|
|
|
+ Move(Impl.data^, Result[0], Count * SizeOf(T));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<T>(const AArray: IBLArray): TArray<T>;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Impl: PBLArrayImpl;
|
|
|
+ Count: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Impl := AArray.Handle.impl;
|
|
|
+ Assert(Assigned(Impl) and (Impl.itemSize = SizeOf(T)));
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Count := Impl.size;
|
|
|
+ if (Count = 0) then
|
|
|
+ Exit(nil);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ SetLength(Result, Count);
|
|
|
+ Move(Impl.data^, Result[0], Count * SizeOf(T));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLUtils.CreateBLArray<T>: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLArray.Create(ArrayElementType<T>);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Utils'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Error Handling'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ GErrorHandler: TBLErrorHandler = nil;
|
|
|
+ GErrorUserData: Pointer = nil;
|
|
|
+ GLastError: TBLResultCode = TBLResultCode.Success;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure BLSetErrorHandler(const AHandler: TBLErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+ const AUserData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ GErrorHandler := AHandler;
|
|
|
+ GErrorUserData := AUserData;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure ExceptionErrorHandler(const AResultCode: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ const AUserData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ raise EBlend2DError.Create(AResultCode);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure BLSetExceptionErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ GErrorHandler := ExceptionErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+ GErrorUserData := nil;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure GetLastErrorHandler(const AResultCode: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ const AUserData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ GLastError := AResultCode;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLGetLastError: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := GLastError;
|
|
|
+ GLastError := TBLResultCode.Success;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure BLSetGetLastErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ GErrorHandler := GetLastErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+ GErrorUserData := nil;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ _TBLResultCodeHelper }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function _TBLResultCodeHelper.ToString: String;
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ ERROR_STRINGS: array [BL_ERROR_START_INDEX..Ord(High(TBLResultCode))] of String = (
|
|
|
+ 'Out of memory',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid value/argument',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid state',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid handle or file.',
|
|
|
+ 'Value too large',
|
|
|
+ 'Not initialized (some instance is built-in none when it shouldn''t be).',
|
|
|
+ 'Not implemented',
|
|
|
+ 'Operation not permitted',
|
|
|
+ 'IO error',
|
|
|
+ 'Device or resource busy',
|
|
|
+ 'Operation interrupted',
|
|
|
+ 'Try again',
|
|
|
+ 'Timed out',
|
|
|
+ 'Broken pipe',
|
|
|
+ 'File is not seekable',
|
|
|
+ 'Too many levels of symlinks',
|
|
|
+ 'File is too large',
|
|
|
+ 'File/directory already exists',
|
|
|
+ 'Access denied',
|
|
|
+ 'Media changed',
|
|
|
+ 'The file/FS is read-only',
|
|
|
+ 'Device doesn''t exist',
|
|
|
+ 'Not found, no entry (fs)',
|
|
|
+ 'No media in drive/device',
|
|
|
+ 'No more data / end of file',
|
|
|
+ 'No more files',
|
|
|
+ 'No space left on device',
|
|
|
+ 'Directory is not empty',
|
|
|
+ 'Not a file',
|
|
|
+ 'Not a directory',
|
|
|
+ 'Not same device',
|
|
|
+ 'Not a block device',
|
|
|
+ 'File/path name is invalid',
|
|
|
+ 'File/path name is too long',
|
|
|
+ 'Too many open files',
|
|
|
+ 'Too many open files by OS',
|
|
|
+ 'Too many symbolic links on FS',
|
|
|
+ 'Too many threads',
|
|
|
+ 'Thread pool is exhausted and couldn''t acquire the requested thread count',
|
|
|
+ 'File is empty (not specific to any OS error).',
|
|
|
+ 'File open failed',
|
|
|
+ 'Not a root device/directory',
|
|
|
+ 'Unknown system error that failed to translate to Blend2D result code.',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid data alignment.',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid data signature or header.',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid or corrupted data.',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid string (invalid data of either UTF8, UTF16, or UTF32).',
|
|
|
+ 'Truncated data (more data required than memory/stream provides).',
|
|
|
+ 'Input data too large to be processed.',
|
|
|
+ 'Decompression failed due to invalid data (RLE, Huffman, etc).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid geometry (invalid path data or shape).',
|
|
|
+ 'Returned when there is no matching vertex in path data.',
|
|
|
+ 'No matching cookie (BLContext).',
|
|
|
+ 'No states to restore (BLContext).',
|
|
|
+ 'The size of the image is too large.',
|
|
|
+ 'Image codec for a required format doesn''t exist.',
|
|
|
+ 'Unknown or invalid file format that cannot be read.',
|
|
|
+ 'Image codec doesn''t support reading the file format.',
|
|
|
+ 'Image codec doesn''t support writing the file format.',
|
|
|
+ 'Multiple IHDR chunks are not allowed (PNG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid IDAT chunk (PNG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid IEND chunk (PNG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid PLTE chunk (PNG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid tRNS chunk (PNG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid filter type (PNG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Unsupported feature (JPEG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid SOS marker or header (JPEG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid SOF marker (JPEG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Multiple SOF markers (JPEG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Unsupported SOF marker (JPEG).',
|
|
|
+ 'Font doesn''t have any data as it''s not initialized.',
|
|
|
+ 'Font or font-face was not matched (TBLFontManager).',
|
|
|
+ 'Font has no character to glyph mapping data.',
|
|
|
+ 'Font has missing an important table.',
|
|
|
+ 'Font feature is not available.',
|
|
|
+ 'Font has an invalid CFF data.',
|
|
|
+ 'Font program terminated because the execution reached the limit.',
|
|
|
+ 'Invalid glyph identifier.');
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Self = TBLResultCode.Success) then
|
|
|
+ Result := 'Success'
|
|
|
+ else if (Ord(Self) >= Low(ERROR_STRINGS)) and (Ord(Self) <= High(ERROR_STRINGS)) then
|
|
|
+ Result := ERROR_STRINGS[Ord(Self)]
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := Format('Unknown error (%d)', [Ord(Self)]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ EBlend2DError }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor EBlend2DError.Create(const AResultCode: TBLResultCode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create(AResultCode.ToString);
|
|
|
+ FResultCode := AResultCode;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Error Handling'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'General'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRange }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRange(const AStart, AFinish: Integer): TBLRange; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AStart, AFinish);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRange.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRange): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRange.Equals(const AOther: TBLRange): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.start = AOther.FHandle.start) and
|
|
|
+ (FHandle.&end = AOther.FHandle.&end);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRange.GetFinish: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.&end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRange.GetStart: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.start;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRange.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRange): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRange.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.start := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.&end := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRange.Reset(const AStart, AFinish: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.start := AStart;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.&end := AFinish;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRange.SetFinish(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.&end := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRange.SetStart(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.start := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'General'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Array'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLArrayView<T> }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLArrayView<T>.GetLast: Pointer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.data;
|
|
|
+ Inc(P(Result), FHandle.size);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLArrayView<T>.GetLength: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLArrayView<T>.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLArrayView<T>.Reset(const AData: Pointer; const ALength: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data := AData;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := ALength;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Array'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Color'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRgba32 }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32: TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AValue: Cardinal): TBLRgba32; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AR, AG, AB: Byte; const AA: Byte = 255): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AR, AG, AB, AA);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AValue: TBLRgba64): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba32(const AValue: TBLRgba): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba32.Implicit(const AValue: Cardinal): TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba32.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.value = ARight.FHandle.value);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRgba32.GetIsOpaque: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.value >= $FF000000);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRgba32.GetIsTransparent: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.value <= $00FFFFFF);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba32.Implicit(const AValue: TBLRgba32): Cardinal;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := AValue.FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba32.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.value <> ARight.FHandle.value);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba32.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba32.Reset(const AValue: Cardinal);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba32.Reset(const AR, AG, AB, AA: Byte);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := (AA shl 24) or (AR shl 16) or (AG shl 8) or AB;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRgba64 }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64: TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AValue: UInt64): TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AR, AG, AB: Word; const AA: Word = $FFFF): TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AR, AG, AB, AA);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AValue: TBLRgba32): TBLRgba64; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba64(const AValue: TBLRgba): TBLRgba32; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba64.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.value = ARight.FHandle.value);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRgba64.GetIsOpaque: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.value >= $FFFF000000000000);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRgba64.GetIsTransparent: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.value <= $0000FFFFFFFFFFFF);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba64.Implicit(const AValue: UInt64): TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba64.Implicit(const AValue: TBLRgba64): UInt64;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := AValue.FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba64.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.value <> ARight.FHandle.value);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba64.Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := AValue.FHandle.r or (AValue.FHandle.r shl 8);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := AValue.FHandle.g or (AValue.FHandle.g shl 8);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := AValue.FHandle.b or (AValue.FHandle.b shl 8);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := AValue.FHandle.a or (AValue.FHandle.a shl 8);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba64.Reset(const AR, AG, AB, AA: Word);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := (UInt64(AA) shl 48) or (UInt64(AR) shl 32)
|
|
|
+ or (UInt64(AG) shl 16) or UInt64(AB);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba64.Reset(const AValue: UInt64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba64.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRgba }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba: TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba(const AR, AG, AB: Single; const AA: Single = 1): TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AR, AG, AB, AA);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba(const ARgba: TBLRgba32): TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ARgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRgba(const ARgba: TBLRgba64): TBLRgba; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ARgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.r = ARight.FHandle.r)
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.g = ARight.FHandle.g)
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.b = ARight.FHandle.b)
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.a = ARight.FHandle.a);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba.Equal(const ALeft: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft = BLRgba(ARight));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba.Equal(const ALeft: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft = BLRgba(ARight));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRgba.GetIsOpaque: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.a >= 1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRgba.GetIsTransparent: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.a = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba.NotEqual(const ALeft: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLRgba32): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft <> BLRgba(ARight));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba.NotEqual(const ALeft: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLRgba64): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft <> BLRgba(ARight));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRgba.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRgba): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not (ALeft = ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba.Reset(const ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ FACTOR = 1.0 / 65535.0;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := ARgba.R * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := ARgba.G * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := ARgba.B * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := ARgba.A * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba.Reset(const ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ FACTOR = 1.0 / 255.0;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := ARgba.R * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := ARgba.G * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := ARgba.B * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := ARgba.A * FACTOR;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRgba.Reset(const AR, AG, AB, AA: Single);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := AR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := AG;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := AB;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := AA;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ _TBLRgba32Helper }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure _TBLRgba32Helper.Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Hi, Lo: UInt32;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Hi := AValue.FHandle.value shr 32;
|
|
|
+ Lo := AValue.FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.value := (Hi and $FF000000) or
|
|
|
+ ((Lo and $FF000000) shr 16) or
|
|
|
+ ((Hi and $0000FF00) shl 8) or
|
|
|
+ ((Lo and $0000FF00) shr 8);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure _TBLRgba32Helper.Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.A * 255.0), 0, 255);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.R * 255.0), 0, 255);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.G * 255.0), 0, 255);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.B * 255.0), 0, 255);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ _TBLRgba64Helper }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure _TBLRgba64Helper.Reset(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.a := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.A * 65535.0), 0, 65535);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.R * 65535.0), 0, 65535);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.g := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.G * 65535.0), 0, 65535);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.b := EnsureRange(Trunc(AValue.B * 65535.0), 0, 65535);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Color'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Geometry'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPointI: TBLPointI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPointI(const AX, AY: Integer): TBLPointI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, AY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPointI }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Add(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x + ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y + ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Add(const ALeft: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft + ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft + ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Add(const ALeft: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x + ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y + ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPointI.Equals(const AOther: TBLPointI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x = AOther.FHandle.x)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y = AOther.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.IntDivide(const ALeft: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x div ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y div ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.IntDivide(const ALeft: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft div ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft div ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.IntDivide(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x div ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y div ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Multiply(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x * ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y * ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Multiply(const ALeft: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft * ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft * ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Multiply(const ALeft: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x * ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y * ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Negative(const AValue: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(-AValue.FHandle.x, -AValue.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPointI.Reset(const AX, AY: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := AY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Subtract(const ALeft: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Integer): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x - ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y - ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Subtract(const ALeft: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft - ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft - ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPointI.Subtract(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPointI): TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x - ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y - ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPointI.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLSizeI }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLSizeI: TBLSizeI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLSizeI(const AW, AH: Integer): TBLSizeI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AW, AH);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLSizeI.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSizeI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLSizeI.Equals(const AOther: TBLSizeI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.w = AOther.FHandle.w)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.h = AOther.FHandle.h);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLSizeI.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSizeI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLSizeI.Reset(const AW, AH: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := AW;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := AH;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLSizeI.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLBoxI }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLBoxI: TBLBoxI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLBoxI(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Integer): TBLBoxI; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBoxI.Contains(const AX, AY: Integer): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (AX >= FHandle.x0) and (AY >= FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (AX < FHandle.x1) and (AY < FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBoxI.Contains(const AP: TBLPointI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (AP.FHandle.x >= FHandle.x0) and (AP.FHandle.y >= FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (AP.FHandle.x < FHandle.x1) and (AP.FHandle.y < FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBoxI.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBoxI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBoxI.Equals(const AOther: TBLBoxI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x0 = AOther.FHandle.x0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y0 = AOther.FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.x1 = AOther.FHandle.x1)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y1 = AOther.FHandle.y0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBoxI.GetHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.y1 - FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBoxI.GetWidth: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.x1 - FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBoxI.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBoxI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBoxI.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AX1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AY1;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBoxI.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBoxI.SetHeight(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := FHandle.y0 + AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBoxI.SetWidth(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := FHandle.x0 + AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRectI }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRectI: TBLRectI; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRectI(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Integer): TBLRectI; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRectI.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRectI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRectI.Equals(const AOther: TBLRectI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x = AOther.FHandle.x)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y = AOther.FHandle.y)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.w = AOther.FHandle.w)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.h = AOther.FHandle.h);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRectI.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRectI): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRectI.Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := AW;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := AH;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRectI.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPoint }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPoint: TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPoint(const AX, AY: Double): TBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, AY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Add(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x + ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y + ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Divide(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Double): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x / ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y / ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Divide(const ALeft: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft / ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft / ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Divide(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x / ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y / ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Add(const ALeft: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft + ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft + ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Add(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Double): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x + ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y + ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPoint.Equals(const AOther: TBLPoint): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x = AOther.FHandle.x)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y = AOther.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Multiply(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x * ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y * ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Multiply(const ALeft: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft * ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft * ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Multiply(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Double): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x * ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y * ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Negative(const AValue: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(-AValue.FHandle.x, -AValue.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPoint.Reset(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := AY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Subtract(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Double): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x - ARight, ALeft.FHandle.y - ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Subtract(const ALeft: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft - ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft - ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLPoint.Subtract(const ALeft, ARight: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x - ARight.FHandle.x, ALeft.FHandle.y - ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPoint.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLSize }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLSize: TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLSize(const AW, AH: Double): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AW, AH);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLSize.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSize): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLSize.Equals(const AOther: TBLSize): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.w = AOther.FHandle.w)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.h = AOther.FHandle.h);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLSize.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLSize): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLSize.Reset(const AW, AH: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := AW;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := AH;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLSize.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLBox }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLBox: TBLBox; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double): TBLBox; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBox.Contains(const AX, AY: Double): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (AX >= FHandle.x0) and (AY >= FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (AX < FHandle.x1) and (AY < FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Add(const ALeft: TBLPoint; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x + ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y + ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x + ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y + ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Add(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 + ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 + ARight.FHandle.y,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 + ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 + ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Add(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft + ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft + ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft + ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft + ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Add(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: Double): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 + ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 + ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 + ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 + ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBox.Contains(const AP: TBLPoint): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (AP.FHandle.x >= FHandle.x0) and (AP.FHandle.y >= FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (AP.FHandle.x < FHandle.x1) and (AP.FHandle.y < FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Divide(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x / ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y / ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x / ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y / ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Divide(const ALeft: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 / ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 / ARight.FHandle.y,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 / ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 / ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Divide(const ALeft: Double; const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft / ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft / ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft / ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft / ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Divide(const ALeft: TBLBox; const ARight: Double): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 / ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 / ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 / ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 / ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBox): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBox.Equals(const AOther: TBLBox): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x0 = AOther.FHandle.x0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y0 = AOther.FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.x1 = AOther.FHandle.x1)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y1 = AOther.FHandle.y0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBox.GetHeight: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.y1 - FHandle.y0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLBox.GetWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.x1 - FHandle.x0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Multiply(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x * ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y * ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x * ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y * ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Multiply(const ALeft: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 * ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 * ARight.FHandle.y,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 * ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 * ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Multiply(const ALeft: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft * ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft * ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft * ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft * ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Multiply(const ALeft: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Double): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 * ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 * ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 * ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 * ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLBox): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBox.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBox.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AX1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AY1;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBox.SetHeight(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := FHandle.y0 + AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLBox.SetWidth(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := FHandle.x0 + AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Subtract(const ALeft: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x - ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y - ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x - ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y - ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Subtract(const ALeft: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLPoint): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 - ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 - ARight.FHandle.y,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 - ARight.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 - ARight.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Subtract(const ALeft: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: TBLBox): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft - ARight.FHandle.x0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft - ARight.FHandle.y0,
|
|
|
+ ALeft - ARight.FHandle.x1,
|
|
|
+ ALeft - ARight.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLBox.Subtract(const ALeft: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ARight: Double): TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ALeft.FHandle.x0 - ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y0 - ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.x1 - ARight,
|
|
|
+ ALeft.FHandle.y1 - ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRect }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRect: TBLRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double): TBLRect; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRect.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRect): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRect.Equals(const AOther: TBLRect): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x = AOther.FHandle.x)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y = AOther.FHandle.y)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.w = AOther.FHandle.w)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.h = AOther.FHandle.h);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRect.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRect): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRect.Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := AW;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := AH;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRect.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLLine }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLLine: TBLLine; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLLine(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double): TBLLine; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLLine(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint): TBLLine; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AP0, AP1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLLine.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLLine): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLLine.Equals(const AOther: TBLLine): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x0 = AOther.FHandle.x0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y0 = AOther.FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.x1 = AOther.FHandle.x1)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y1 = AOther.FHandle.y1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLLine.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLLine): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLLine.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AX1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AY1;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLLine.Reset(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AP0.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AP0.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AP1.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AP1.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLLine.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLTriangle }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLTriangle: TBLTriangle; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double): TBLTriangle; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLTriangle.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLTriangle): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLTriangle.Equals(const AOther: TBLTriangle): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x0 = AOther.FHandle.x0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y0 = AOther.FHandle.y0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.x1 = AOther.FHandle.x1)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y1 = AOther.FHandle.y1)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.x2 = AOther.FHandle.x2)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y2 = AOther.FHandle.y2);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLTriangle.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLTriangle): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTriangle.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AX1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AY1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x2 := AX2;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y2 := AY2;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTriangle.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x2 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y2 := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRoundRect }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect: TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ARect, AR);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ARect, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH, AR);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double): TBLRoundRect; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRoundRect.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRoundRect): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRoundRect.Equals(const AOther: TBLRoundRect): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.x = AOther.FHandle.x)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.y = AOther.FHandle.y)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.w = AOther.FHandle.w)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.h = AOther.FHandle.h)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.rx = AOther.FHandle.rx)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.ry = AOther.FHandle.ry);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRoundRect.NotEqual(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLRoundRect): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRoundRect.Reset(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := ARect.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := ARect.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := ARect.FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := ARect.FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := AR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := AR;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRoundRect.Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := AW;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := AH;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := AR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := AR;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRoundRect.Reset(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := AW;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := AH;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := ARX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := ARY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRoundRect.Reset(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := ARect.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := ARect.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := ARect.FHandle.w;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := ARect.FHandle.h;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := ARX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := ARY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRoundRect.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.w := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.h := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLCircle }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLCircle: TBLCircle; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double): TBLCircle; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLCircle.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLCircle): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLCircle.Equals(const AOther: TBLCircle): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.cx = AOther.FHandle.cx)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.cy = AOther.FHandle.cy)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.r = AOther.FHandle.r);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLCircle.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLCircle): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLCircle.Reset(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := ACX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := ACY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := AR;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLCircle.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLEllipse }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLEllipse: TBLEllipse; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double): TBLEllipse; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLEllipse.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLEllipse): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLEllipse.Equals(const AOther: TBLEllipse): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.cx = AOther.FHandle.cx)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.cy = AOther.FHandle.cy)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.rx = AOther.FHandle.rx)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.ry = AOther.FHandle.ry);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLEllipse.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLEllipse): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLEllipse.Reset(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := ACX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := ACY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := ARX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := ARY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLEllipse.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLArc }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLArc: TBLArc; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLArc(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double): TBLArc; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLArc(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double): TBLArc; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLArc.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLArc): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLArc.Equals(const AOther: TBLArc): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.cx = AOther.FHandle.cx)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.cy = AOther.FHandle.cy)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.rx = AOther.FHandle.rx)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.ry = AOther.FHandle.ry)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.start = AOther.FHandle.start)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.sweep = AOther.FHandle.sweep);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLArc.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLArc): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLArc.Reset(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := ACX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := ACY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := ARX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := ARY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.start := AStart;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.sweep := ASweep;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLArc.Reset(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := ACX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := ACY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := AR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := AR;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.start := AStart;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.sweep := ASweep;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLArc.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cx := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.cy := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rx := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.ry := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.start := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.sweep := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ Globals }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLAbs(const AA: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Abs(AA.FHandle.x), Abs(AA.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLAbs(const AA: TBLSize): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Abs(AA.FHandle.w), Abs(AA.FHandle.h));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA, AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Min(AA.FHandle.x, AB.FHandle.x), Min(AA.FHandle.y, AB.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA: TBLPoint; const AB: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Min(AA.FHandle.x, AB), Min(AA.FHandle.y, AB));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA: Double; const AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Min(AA, AB.FHandle.x), Min(AA, AB.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMin(const AA, AB: TBLSize): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Min(AA.FHandle.w, AB.FHandle.w), Min(AA.FHandle.h, AB.FHandle.h));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA, AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Max(AA.FHandle.x, AB.FHandle.x), Max(AA.FHandle.y, AB.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA: TBLPoint; const AB: Double): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Max(AA.FHandle.x, AB), Max(AA.FHandle.y, AB));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA: Double; const AB: TBLPoint): TBLPoint; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Max(AA, AB.FHandle.x), Max(AA, AB.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMax(const AA, AB: TBLSize): TBLSize; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(Max(AA.FHandle.w, AB.FHandle.w), Max(AA.FHandle.h, AB.FHandle.h));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLClamp(const AA: TBLPoint; const AB, AC: Double): TBLPoint; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := BLMin(AC, BLMax(AA, AB));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Geometry'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Matrix'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLMatrix2D }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMatrix2D: TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLMatrix2D(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11, AM20, AM21: Double): TBLMatrix2D; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11, AM20, AM21);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLMatrix2D.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.Equals(const AOther: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.m00 = AOther.FHandle.m00)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.m01 = AOther.FHandle.m01)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.m10 = AOther.FHandle.m10)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.m11 = AOther.FHandle.m11)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.m20 = AOther.FHandle.m20)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.m21 = AOther.FHandle.m21);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.GetDeterminant: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.m00 * FHandle.m11) - (FHandle.m01 * FHandle.m10);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.GetElement(const AIndex: TBLMatrix2DValue): Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.m[Ord(AIndex)];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLMatrix2DType(blMatrix2DGetType(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.Invert(const ASrc: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ out ADst: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (blMatrix2DInvert(@ADst.FHandle, @ASrc.FHandle) = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.Invert: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (blMatrix2DInvert(@FHandle, @FHandle) = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeIdentity: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeRotation(const AAngle, AX,
|
|
|
+ AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.ResetToRotation(AAngle, AX, AY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeRotation(const AAngle: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.ResetToRotation(AAngle, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeRotation(const AAngle: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.ResetToRotation(AAngle, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeScaling(const AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX, 0, 0, AY, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeScaling(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AP.FHandle.x, 0, 0, AP.FHandle.y, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeScaling(const AP: TBLPointI): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AP.FHandle.x, 0, 0, AP.FHandle.y, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeScaling(const AXY: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AXY, 0, 0, AXY, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeSinCos(const ASin, ACos: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslate: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACos, ASin, -ASin, ACos, ATranslate.FHandle.x, ATranslate.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeSinCos(const ASin, ACos, ATranslateX,
|
|
|
+ ATranslateY: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACos, ASin, -ASin, ACos, ATranslateX, ATranslateY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeSkewing(const AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.ResetToSkewing(AX, AY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeSkewing(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.ResetToSkewing(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeTranslation(const AP: TBLPointI): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeTranslation(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLMatrix2D.MakeTranslation(const AX, AY: Double): TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, AX, AY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.MapPoint(const AP: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(
|
|
|
+ (AP.FHandle.x * FHandle.m00) + (AP.FHandle.y * FHandle.m10) + FHandle.m20,
|
|
|
+ (AP.FHandle.x * FHandle.m01) + (AP.FHandle.y * FHandle.m11) + FHandle.m21);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.MapPoint(const AX, AY: Double): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(
|
|
|
+ (AX * FHandle.m00) + (AY * FHandle.m10) + FHandle.m20,
|
|
|
+ (AX * FHandle.m01) + (AY * FHandle.m11) + FHandle.m21);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.MapVector(const AX, AY: Double): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(
|
|
|
+ (AX * FHandle.m00) + (AY * FHandle.m10),
|
|
|
+ (AX * FHandle.m01) + (AY * FHandle.m11));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLMatrix2D.MapVector(const AV: TBLPoint): TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(
|
|
|
+ (AV.FHandle.x * FHandle.m00) + (AV.FHandle.y * FHandle.m10),
|
|
|
+ (AV.FHandle.x * FHandle.m01) + (AV.FHandle.y * FHandle.m11));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLMatrix2D.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLMatrix2D): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ PostScale(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostScale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := FHandle.m00 * AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := FHandle.m01 * AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := FHandle.m10 * AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := FHandle.m11 * AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := FHandle.m10 * AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := FHandle.m11 * AY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostScale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ PostScale(AXY, AXY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ PostScale(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := FHandle.m20 + AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := FHandle.m21 + AY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := FHandle.m20 + AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := FHandle.m21 + AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := FHandle.m20 + AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := FHandle.m21 + AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Reset(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11, AM20, AM21: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := AM00;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := AM01;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := AM10;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := AM11;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := AM20;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := AM21;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := 1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := 1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToRotation(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DSetRotation(@FHandle, AAngle, 0, 0));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToRotation(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DSetRotation(@FHandle, AAngle, AX, AY));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToRotation(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DSetRotation(@FHandle, AAngle, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToScaling(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(AX, 0, 0, AY, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToScaling(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(AP.FHandle.x, 0, 0, AP.FHandle.y, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToScaling(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(AXY, 0, 0, AXY, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToScaling(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(AP.FHandle.x, 0, 0, AP.FHandle.y, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToSinCos(const ASin, ACos, ATranslateX,
|
|
|
+ ATranslateY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(ACos, ASin, -ASin, ACos, ATranslateX, ATranslateY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToSinCos(const ASin, ACos: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslate: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(ACos, ASin, -ASin, ACos, ATranslate.FHandle.x, ATranslate.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToSkewing(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DSetSkewing(@FHandle, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToSkewing(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DSetSkewing(@FHandle, AX, AY));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToTranslation(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToTranslation(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.ResetToTranslation(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(1, 0, 0, 1, AX, AY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Rotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Scale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := FHandle.m00 * AXY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := FHandle.m01 * AXY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := FHandle.m10 * AXY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := FHandle.m11 * AXY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Scale(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Scale(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Scale(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Scale(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Scale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := FHandle.m00 * AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := FHandle.m01 * AX;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := FHandle.m10 * AY;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := FHandle.m11 * AY;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.SetElement(const AIndex: TBLMatrix2DValue;
|
|
|
+ const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m[Ord(AIndex)] := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Skew(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Skew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blMatrix2DApplyOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Translate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m20 := FHandle.m20 + (AX * FHandle.m00) + (AY * FHandle.m10);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m21 := FHandle.m21 + (AX * FHandle.m01) + (AY * FHandle.m11);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Translate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Translate(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLMatrix2D.Translate(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Translate(AP.FHandle.x, AP.FHandle.y);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Matrix'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Random'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRandom }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRandom.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRandom): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRandom.Equals(const AOther: TBLRandom): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.data[0] = AOther.FHandle.data[0])
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.data[1] = AOther.FHandle.data[1]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRandom.NextDouble: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blRandomNextDouble(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRandom.NextUInt32: UInt32;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blRandomNextUInt32(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRandom.NextUInt64: UInt64;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blRandomNextUInt64(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLRandom.NotEqual(const ALeft, ARight: TBLRandom): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRandom.Reset(const ASeed: UInt64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blRandomReset(@FHandle, ASeed);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Random'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Gradient'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGradientStop }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLGradientStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32): TBLGradientStop; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AOffset, ARgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLGradientStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64): TBLGradientStop; overload; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AOffset, ARgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLGradientStop.Equal(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLGradientStop): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.offset = ARight.FHandle.offset)
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.rgba.value = ARight.FHandle.rgba.value);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradientStop.Equals(const AOther: TBLGradientStop): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = AOther);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradientStop.GetRgba: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle.value := FHandle.rgba.value;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLGradientStop.NotEqual(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLGradientStop): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not (ALeft = ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradientStop.Reset(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.offset := AOffset;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rgba.value := ARgba.FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradientStop.Reset(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.offset := AOffset;
|
|
|
+ TBLRgba64(FHandle.rgba).Reset(ARgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradientStop.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.offset := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rgba.value := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradientStop.SetRgba(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rgba.value := AValue.FHandle.value;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLLinearGradientValues }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLLinearGradientValues(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double): TBLLinearGradientValues; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLLinearGradientValues.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AX1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AY1;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLLinearGradientValues.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRadialGradientValues }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLRadialGradientValues(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AR0: Double): TBLRadialGradientValues; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AR0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRadialGradientValues.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AR0: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x1 := AX1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y1 := AY1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.r0 := AR0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRadialGradientValues.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLConicalGradientValues }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLConicalGradientValues(const AX0, AY0, AAngle: Double): TBLConicalGradientValues; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AX0, AY0, AAngle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLConicalGradientValues.Reset(const AX0, AY0, AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.x0 := AX0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.y0 := AY0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.angle := AAngle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLConicalGradientValues.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGradient }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.AddStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientAddStopRgba64(@FHandle, AOffset, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.AddStop(const AOffset: Double; const ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientAddStopRgba32(@FHandle, AOffset, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blGradientInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_RADIAL, @AValues.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_LINEAR, @AValues.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AType: TBLGradientType;
|
|
|
+ const AValues: PDouble);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, Ord(AType), AValues, BL_EXTEND_MODE_PAD,
|
|
|
+ nil, 0, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_CONICAL, @AValues.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_CONICAL, @AValues.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AHandle: BLGradientCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := AIsReference;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_RADIAL, @AValues.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGradient.Create(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientInitAs(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_LINEAR, @AValues.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLGradient.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blGradientDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLGradient) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blGradientEquals(@FHandle, @TBLGradient(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.Equals(const AOther: IBLGradient): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blGradientEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetAllStops: PBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := PBLGradientStop(FHandle.impl.stops.stops);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetAngle: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_CONICAL_ANGLE];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.capacity;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetConical: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.conical;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLExtendMode(FHandle.impl.extendMode);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetGradientType: TBLGradientType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGradientType(FHandle.impl.gradientType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetHandle: PBLGradientCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetHasMatrix: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.matrixType and BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_IDENTITY) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.stops.size = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetLinear: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.linear;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.matrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLMatrix2DType(FHandle.impl.matrixType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetR0: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_RADIAL_R0];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetRadial: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.radial;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.stops.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetStop(const AIndex: Integer): TBLGradientStop;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Assert(Cardinal(AIndex) < FHandle.impl.stops.size);
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGradientStop(FHandle.impl.stops.stops[AIndex]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetValue(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue): Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[Ord(AIndex)];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetX0: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_X0];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetX1: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_X1];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetY0: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_Y0];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.GetY1: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.values[BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_Y1];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGradient.IndexOfStop(const AOffset: Double): Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blGradientIndexOfStop(@FHandle, AOffset);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Initialize(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientCreate(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_CONICAL, @AValues,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Initialize(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientCreate(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_CONICAL, @AValues,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Initialize(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientCreate(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_RADIAL, @AValues,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Initialize(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientCreate(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_LINEAR, @AValues,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Initialize(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientCreate(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_RADIAL, @AValues,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Initialize(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientCreate(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_TYPE_LINEAR, @AValues,
|
|
|
+ Ord(AExtendMode), Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostScale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostScale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.RemoveStop(const AIndex: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientRemoveStop(@FHandle, AIndex));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.RemoveStopByOffset(const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AAll: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientRemoveStopByOffset(@FHandle, AOffset, Ord(AAll)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.RemoveStops(const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientRemoveStops(@FHandle, ARange.FHandle.start, ARange.FHandle.&end));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.RemoveStopsByOffset(const AOffsetMin, AOffsetMax: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientRemoveStopsFromTo(@FHandle, AOffsetMin, AOffsetMax));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.ReplaceStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientReplaceStopRgba64(@FHandle, AIndex, AOffset, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.ReplaceStop(const AIndex: Integer; const AOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientReplaceStopRgba32(@FHandle, AIndex, AOffset, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientReserve(@FHandle, ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.ResetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetExtendMode(@FHandle, BL_EXTEND_MODE_PAD));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_RESET, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.ResetStops;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientResetStops(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Rotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Scale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Scale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Scale(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Scale(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetAngle(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_CONICAL_ANGLE, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetConical(const AValue: TBLConicalGradientValues);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, 0, @AValue, SizeOf(AValue) div SizeOf(Double)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetExtendMode(const AValue: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetExtendMode(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetGradientType(const AValue: TBLGradientType);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetType(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetLinear(const AValue: TBLLinearGradientValues);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, 0, @AValue, SizeOf(AValue) div SizeOf(Double)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ASSIGN, @AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetR0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_RADIAL_R0, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetRadial(const AValue: TBLRadialGradientValues);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, 0, @AValue, SizeOf(AValue) div SizeOf(Double)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetStop(const AIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AValue: TBLGradientStop);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientReplaceStopRgba64(@FHandle, AIndex, AValue.FHandle.offset,
|
|
|
+ AValue.FHandle.rgba.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetStops(const AStops: TArray<TBLGradientStop>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientAssignStops(@FHandle, Pointer(AStops), Length(AStops)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetValue(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue;
|
|
|
+ const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, Ord(AIndex), AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetValues(const AValues: TBLLinearGradientValues);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, 0, @AValues, SizeOf(TBLLinearGradientValues) div SizeOf(Double)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetValues(const AValues: TBLRadialGradientValues);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, 0, @AValues, SizeOf(TBLRadialGradientValues) div SizeOf(Double)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetValues(const AValues: TBLConicalGradientValues);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, 0, @AValues, SizeOf(TBLConicalGradientValues) div SizeOf(Double)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetValues(const AIndex: TBLGradientValue;
|
|
|
+ const AValues: TArray<Double>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValues(@FHandle, Ord(AIndex), Pointer(AValues), Length(AValues)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetX0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_X0, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetX1(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_X1, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetY0(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_Y0, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.SetY1(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientSetValue(@FHandle, BL_GRADIENT_VALUE_COMMON_Y1, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Shrink;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientShrink(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Skew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Skew(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Translate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Translate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGradient.Translate(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGradientApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Gradient'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Region'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRegion }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Assign(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignBoxIArray(@FHandle, Pointer(ABoxes), ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Assign(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignBoxIArray(@FHandle, Pointer(ABoxes), Length(ABoxes)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Assign(const ABox: TBLBoxI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignBoxI(@FHandle, @ABox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Assign(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignRectIArray(@FHandle, Pointer(ARects), ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Assign(const ARect: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignRectI(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Assign(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignRectIArray(@FHandle, Pointer(ARects), Length(ARects)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Clear;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionClear(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.Clone: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionAssignDeep(Result.Handle, @FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.Combine(const AA, AB: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ if (AA <> nil) and (AB <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionCombine(Result.Handle, AA.Handle, AB.Handle, Ord(ABooleanOp)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Combine(const ABox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionCombineRB(@FHandle, @FHandle, @ABox, Ord(ABooleanOp)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Combine(const ARegion: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ARegion <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionCombine(@FHandle, @FHandle, ARegion.Handle, Ord(ABooleanOp)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.Combine(const AA, AB: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionCombineBB(Result.Handle, @AA, @AB, Ord(ABooleanOp)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.Combine(const AA: TBLBoxI; const AB: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ if (AB <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionCombineBR(Result.Handle, @AA, AB.Handle, Ord(ABooleanOp)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.Combine(const AA: IBLRegion; const AB: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ABooleanOp: TBLBooleanOp): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ if (AA <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionCombineRB(Result.Handle, AA.Handle, @AB, Ord(ABooleanOp)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blRegionInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLRegion.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blRegionDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLRegion) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blRegionEquals(@FHandle, @TBLRegion(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.Equals(const AOther: IBLRegion): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blRegionEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetBoundingBox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.boundingBox;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.capacity;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetData: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.impl.data.data);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetDataEnd: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.impl.data.data);
|
|
|
+ Inc(Result, FHandle.impl.data.size);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetHandle: PBLRegionCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetIsComplex: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.data.size > 1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.data.size = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetIsRect: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.data.size = 1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetRegionType: TBLRegionType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegionType(Min(FHandle.impl.data.size, BL_REGION_TYPE_COMPLEX));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.data.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.GetView: TBLRegionView;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := BLArrayView(FHandle.impl.data.view);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.HitTest(const ABox: TBLBoxI): TBLHitTest;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLHitTest(blRegionHitTestBoxI(@FHandle, @ABox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRegion.HitTest(const APt: TBLPointI): TBLHitTest;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLHitTest(blRegionHitTest(@FHandle, @APt));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.IntersectAndClip(const AA, AB: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const AClipBox: TBLBoxI): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AA) and Assigned(AB) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionIntersectAndClip(Result.Handle, AA.Handle, AB.Handle, @AClipBox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.IntersectAndClip(const AR: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const AClipBox: TBLBoxI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AR) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionIntersectAndClip(@FHandle, @FHandle, AR.Handle, @AClipBox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionReserve(@FHandle, ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Shrink;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionShrink(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.Translate(const APt: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionTranslate(@FHandle, @FHandle, @APt));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.Translate(const AR: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const APt: TBLPointI): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AR) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionTranslate(Result.Handle, AR.Handle, @APt));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLRegion.TranslateAndClip(const AR: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const APt: TBLPointI; const AClipBox: TBLBoxI): IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRegion.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AR) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionTranslateAndClip(Result.Handle, AR.Handle, @APt, @AClipBox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLRegion.TranslateAndClip(const APt: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const AClipBox: TBLBoxI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRegionTranslateAndClip(@FHandle, @FHandle, @APt, @AClipBox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Region'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Path'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLApproximationOptions }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class constructor TBLApproximationOptions.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FDefault, SizeOf(FDefault), 0);
|
|
|
+ FDefault.flattenTolerance := 0.2;
|
|
|
+ FDefault.simplifyTolerance := 0.05;
|
|
|
+ FDefault.offsetParameter := 0.414213562;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLApproximationOptions.GetDefault: TBLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FDefault;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLApproximationOptions.GetFlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFlattenMode(FHandle.flattenMode);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLApproximationOptions.GetOffsetMode: TBLOffsetMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLOffsetMode(FHandle.offsetMode);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLApproximationOptions.SetFlattenMode(const AValue: TBLFlattenMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.flattenMode := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLApproximationOptions.SetOffsetMode(const AValue: TBLOffsetMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.offsetMode := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLStrokeOptions }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLStrokeOptions.GetDashArray: TArray<Double>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<Double>(FHandle.dashArray);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLStrokeOptions.GetEndCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeCap(FHandle.options.endCap);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLStrokeOptions.GetJoin: TBLStrokeJoin;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeJoin(FHandle.options.join);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLStrokeOptions.GetStartCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeCap(FHandle.options.startCap);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLStrokeOptions.GetTransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeTransformOrder(FHandle.options.transformOrder);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (FScope <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ blStrokeOptionsReset(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ blStrokeOptionsInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ FScope := TScope.Create(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetCaps(const AStartCap, AEndCap: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.startCap := Ord(AStartCap);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.endCap := Ord(AEndCap);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetCaps(const ACap: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.startCap := Ord(ACap);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.endCap := Ord(ACap);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetDashArray(const AValue: TArray<Double>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Value: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blArrayReset(@FHandle.dashArray);
|
|
|
+ Value := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<Double>(AValue);
|
|
|
+ Value.RevokeOwnership;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.dashArray := Value.Handle^;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetEndCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.endCap := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetJoin(const AValue: TBLStrokeJoin);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.join := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetStartCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.startCap := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLStrokeOptions.SetTransformOrder(
|
|
|
+ const AValue: TBLStrokeTransformOrder);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.options.transformOrder := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLStrokeOptions.TScope }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLStrokeOptions.TScope.Create(const AHandle: PBLStrokeOptionsCore);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLStrokeOptions.TScope.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blStrokeOptionsDestroy(FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPathView }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLPathView(const ACommands: PBLPathCmd; const AVertices: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer): TBLPathView; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(ACommands, AVertices, ACount);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPathView.GetCommands: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.commandData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPathView.GetCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPathView.GetVertices: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.vertexData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPathView.Reset(const ACommands: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const AVertices: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.commandData := Pointer(ACommands);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.vertexData := Pointer(AVertices);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := ACount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPathView.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.commandData := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.vertexData := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPath }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddArc(const AArc: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARC, @AArc, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddArc(const AArc: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARC, @AArc, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddBoxI(@FHandle, @ABox, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBox(const ABox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddBoxD(@FHandle, @ABox, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Box: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Box.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddBoxD(@FHandle, @Box, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @ABoxes.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @ABoxes.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @ABoxes.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @ABoxes.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddChord(const AChord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @AChord, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddChord(const AChord: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @AChord, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE, @ACircle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE, @ACircle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE, @AEllipse, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE, @AEllipse, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddGeometry(const AGeometryType: TBLGeometryType;
|
|
|
+ const AGeometryData: Pointer; const AMatrix: PBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, Ord(AGeometryType), AGeometryData,
|
|
|
+ @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddLine(const ALine: TBLLine; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_LINE, @ALine, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddLine(const ALine: TBLLine;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_LINE, @ALine, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, @ARange));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ATranslate: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddTranslatedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, nil, @ATranslate));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddTransformedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, @ARange, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddTransformedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, nil, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const ATranslate: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddTranslatedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, @ARange, @ATranslate));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPie(const APie: TBLArc; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @APie, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPie(const APie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @APie, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @APolygon.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @APolygon.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolygon, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolygon, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @APolygon.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @APolygon.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolygon, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolygon(const APolygon: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolygon, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @APolyline.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @APolyline.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolyline, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolyline, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @APolyline.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @APolyline.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolyline, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddPolyline(const APolyline: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APolyline, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Rect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Rect.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddRectD(@FHandle, @Rect, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRect(const ARect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddRectD(@FHandle, @ARect, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRect(const ARect: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddRectI(@FHandle, @ARect, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @ARects.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @ARects.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @View.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect; const ACount: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @View.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @ARects.FHandle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @ARects.FHandle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ARegion <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_REGION, ARegion.Handle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ARegion <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_REGION, ARegion.Handle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddReversedPath(const APath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ const AReverseMode: TBLPathReverseMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddReversedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, nil, Ord(AReverseMode)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddReversedPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AReverseMode: TBLPathReverseMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddReversedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, @ARange, Ord(AReverseMode)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @ARoundRect, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @ARoundRect, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddStrokedPath(const APath: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+ const AStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ const AApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddStrokedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, nil,
|
|
|
+ @AStrokeOptions.FHandle, @AApproximationOptions.FHandle));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddStrokedPath(const APath: IBLPath; const ARange: TBLRange;
|
|
|
+ const AStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+ const AApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddStrokedPath(@FHandle, APath.Handle, @ARange,
|
|
|
+ @AStrokeOptions.FHandle, @AApproximationOptions.FHandle));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+ const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE, @ATriangle, nil, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.AddTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+ const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ADirection: TBLGeometryDirection);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAddGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE, @ATriangle, @AMatrix, Ord(ADirection)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.ArcQuadrantTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathArcQuadrantTo(@FHandle, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.ArcQuadrantTo(const AP1, AP2: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathArcQuadrantTo(@FHandle, AP1.FHandle.x, AP1.FHandle.y, AP2.FHandle.x, AP2.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.ArcTo(const AC, AR: TBLPoint; const AStart, ASweep: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AForceMoveTo: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathArcTo(@FHandle, AC.FHandle.x, AC.FHandle.y, AR.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ AR.FHandle.y, AStart, ASweep, AForceMoveTo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.ArcTo(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double;
|
|
|
+ const AForceMoveTo: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathArcTo(@FHandle, ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep, AForceMoveTo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Clear;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathClear(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.Clone: IBLPath;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPath.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathAssignDeep(Result.Handle, @FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Close;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathClose(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPath.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blPathInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.CubicTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathCubicTo(@FHandle, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.CubicTo(const AP1, AP2, AP3: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathCubicTo(@FHandle, AP1.FHandle.x, AP1.FHandle.y, AP2.FHandle.x,
|
|
|
+ AP2.FHandle.y, AP3.FHandle.x, AP3.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLPath.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blPathDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.EllipticArcTo(const ARX, ARY, AXAxisRotation: Double;
|
|
|
+ const ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag: Boolean; const AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathEllipticArcTo(@FHandle, ARX, ARY, AXAxisRotation, ALargeArcFlag,
|
|
|
+ ASweepFlag, AX1, AY1));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.EllipticArcTo(const ARP: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const AXAxisRotation: Double; const ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag: Boolean;
|
|
|
+ const AP1: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathEllipticArcTo(@FHandle, ARP.FHandle.x, ARP.FHandle.y,
|
|
|
+ AXAxisRotation, ALargeArcFlag, ASweepFlag, AP1.FHandle.x, AP1.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLPath) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blPathEquals(@FHandle, @TBLPath(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.Equals(const AOther: IBLPath): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blPathEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.FitTo(const ARect: TBLRect; const AFitFlags: TBLFitFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathFitTo(@FHandle, nil, @ARect, Byte(AFitFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.FitTo(const ARange: TBLRange; const ARect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const AFitFlags: TBLFitFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathFitTo(@FHandle, @ARange, @ARect, Byte(AFitFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetBoundingBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetBoundingBox(@FHandle, @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetCapacity: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.capacity;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetClosestVertex(const AP: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const AMaxDistance: Double): Integer;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Index: NativeUInt;
|
|
|
+ ActualDistance: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetClosestVertex(@FHandle, @AP, AMaxDistance, @Index, @ActualDistance));
|
|
|
+ Result := Index;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetClosestVertex(const AP: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const AMaxDistance: Double; out AActualDistance: Double): Integer;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Index: NativeUInt;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetClosestVertex(@FHandle, @AP, AMaxDistance, @Index, @AActualDistance));
|
|
|
+ Result := Index;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetCommandData: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.impl.commandData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetCommandDataEnd: PBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.impl.commandData + FHandle.impl.size);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetControlBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetControlBox(@FHandle, @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetFigureRange(const AIndex: Integer): TBLRange;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetFigureRange(@FHandle, AIndex, @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetHandle: PBLPathCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetInfoFlags: TBLPathFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetInfoFlags(@FHandle, @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.size = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetLastVertex: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathGetLastVertex(@FHandle, @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetVertexData: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.impl.vertexData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetVertexDataEnd: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.impl.vertexData + FHandle.impl.size);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.GetView: TBLPathView;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.view;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPath.HitTest(const AP: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const AFillRule: TBLFillRule): TBLHitTest;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLHitTest(blPathHitTest(@FHandle, @AP, Ord(AFillRule)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.LineTo(const AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathLineTo(@FHandle, AX1, AY1));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.LineTo(const AP1: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathLineTo(@FHandle, AP1.FHandle.x, AP1.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.MoveTo(const AX0, AY0: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathMoveTo(@FHandle, AX0, AY0));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.MoveTo(const AP0: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathMoveTo(@FHandle, AP0.FHandle.x, AP0.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.PolyTo(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathPolyTo(@FHandle, Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.PolyTo(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathPolyTo(@FHandle, _PBLPoint(APoly), ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.QuadTo(const AP1, AP2: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathQuadTo(@FHandle, AP1.FHandle.x, AP1.FHandle.y, AP2.FHandle.x, AP2.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.QuadTo(const AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathQuadTo(@FHandle, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.RemoveRange(const ARange: TBLRange);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathRemoveRange(@FHandle, @ARange.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Reserve(const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathReserve(@FHandle, ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.SetVertexAt(const AIndex: Integer; const ACmd: TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const AX, AY: Double; const APreserve: Boolean);
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ FLAGS: array [Boolean] of Cardinal = (0, BL_PATH_CMD_PRESERVE);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathSetVertexAt(@FHandle, AIndex, Byte(ACmd) or FLAGS[APreserve], AX, AY));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.SetVertexAt(const AIndex: Integer; const ACmd: TBLPathCmd;
|
|
|
+ const APt: TBLPoint; const APreserve: Boolean);
|
|
|
+const
|
|
|
+ FLAGS: array [Boolean] of Cardinal = (0, BL_PATH_CMD_PRESERVE);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathSetVertexAt(@FHandle, AIndex, Byte(ACmd) or FLAGS[APreserve],
|
|
|
+ APt.FHandle.x, APt.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Shrink;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathShrink(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.SmoothCubicTo(const AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathSmoothCubicTo(@FHandle, AX2, AY2, AX3, AY3));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.SmoothCubicTo(const AP2, AP3: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathSmoothCubicTo(@FHandle, AP2.FHandle.x, AP2.FHandle.y, AP3.FHandle.x, AP3.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.SmoothQuadTo(const AP2: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathSmoothQuadTo(@FHandle, AP2.FHandle.x, AP2.FHandle.y));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.SmoothQuadTo(const AX2, AY2: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathSmoothQuadTo(@FHandle, AX2, AY2));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Transform(const ARange: TBLRange; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathTransform(@FHandle, @ARange, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathTransform(@FHandle, nil, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Translate(const ARange: TBLRange; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathTranslate(@FHandle, @ARange, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPath.Translate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPathTranslate(@FHandle, nil, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Path'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Format'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFormatInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLFormatInfo.Equal(const ALeft, ARight: TBLFormatInfo): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := CompareMem(@ALeft, @ARight, SizeOf(TBLFormatInfo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFormatInfo.GetFlags: TBLFormatFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFormatInfo.GetPalette: PBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := Pointer(FHandle.palette);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLFormatInfo.NotEqual(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLFormatInfo): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not CompareMem(@ALeft, @ARight, SizeOf(TBLFormatInfo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.Query(const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFormatInfoQuery(@FHandle, Ord(AFormat)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.Reset(const ADepth: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFlags: TBLFormatFlags; const ARSize, AGSize, ABSize, AASize, ARShift,
|
|
|
+ AGShift, ABShift, AAShift: Byte);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.depth := ADepth;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.flags := Cardinal(AFlags);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rSize := ARSize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.gSize := AGSize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.bSize := ABSize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.aSize := AASize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rShift := ARShift;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.gShift := AGShift;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.bShift := ABShift;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.aShift := AAShift;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.Sanitize;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFormatInfoSanitize(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.SetFlags(const AValue: TBLFormatFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.flags := Cardinal(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.SetShifts(const ARShift, AGShift, ABShift,
|
|
|
+ AAShift: Byte);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rShift := ARShift;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.gShift := AGShift;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.bShift := ABShift;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.aShift := AAShift;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFormatInfo.SetSizes(const ARSize, AGSize, ABSize, AASize: Byte);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.rSize := ARSize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.gSize := AGSize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.bSize := ABSize;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.aSize := AASize;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ _TBLFormatHelper }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function _TBLFormatHelper.GetInfo: TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFormatInfoQuery(@Result.FHandle, Ord(Self)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Format'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Image'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImageData }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageData.GetFlags: TBLFormatFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageData.GetFormat: TBLFormat;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Byte(Result) := FHandle.format;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageData.GetSize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageData.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageData.SetFlags(const AValue: TBLFormatFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.flags := Cardinal(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageData.SetFormat(const AValue: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.format := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageData.SetSize(const AValue: TBLSizeI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImageInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetCompression: String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := String(UTF8String(FHandle.compression));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetDensity: TBLSize;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.density;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetDepth: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.depth;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetFlags: TBLFormatFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetFormat: String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := String(UTF8String(FHandle.format));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetFrameCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.frameCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetPlaneCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.planeCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageInfo.GetSize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageInfo.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImageScaleOptions }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageScaleOptions.GetUserFunc: TBLImageScaleUserFunc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImageScaleUserFunc(FHandle.userFunc);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageScaleOptions.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageScaleOptions.ResetToDefaults;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.userFunc := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.userData := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.radius := 2;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.mitchell.b := 1 / 3;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.mitchell.c := 1 / 3;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data[2] := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageScaleOptions.SetUserFunc(const AValue: TBLImageScaleUserFunc);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ TBLImageScaleUserFunc(FHandle.userFunc) := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImage }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImage.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blImageInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.Clone: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImage.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageAssignDeep(Result.Handle, @FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.Convert(const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageConvert(@FHandle, Ord(AFormat)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImage.Create(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageInitAs(@FHandle, AWidth, AHeight, Ord(AFormat)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImage.Create(const AHandle: BLImageCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := AIsReference;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLImage.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blImageDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLImage.DoDestroy(impl, destroyData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: PDestroyData absolute destroyData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Data <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Data.Event(Data.Image);
|
|
|
+ FreeMem(Data);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLImage) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blImageEquals(@FHandle, @TBLImage(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.Equals(const AOther: IBLImage): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blImageEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.GetData(out AData: TBLImageData);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageGetData(@FHandle, @AData.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetFormat: TBLFormat;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFormat(FHandle.impl.format);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetHandle: PBLImageCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.size.h;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.format = BL_FORMAT_NONE);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetSize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLSizeI(FHandle.impl.size);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.GetWidth: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.size.w;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.Initialize(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageCreate(@FHandle, AWidth, AHeight, Ord(AFormat)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.InitializeFromData(const AWidth, AHeight: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AFormat: TBLFormat; const APixelData: Pointer; const AStride: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AOnDestroy: TBLImageDestroyEvent);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ DestroyFunc: BLDestroyImplFunc;
|
|
|
+ DestroyData: PDestroyData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AOnDestroy) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ DestroyFunc := DoDestroy;
|
|
|
+ GetMem(DestroyData, SizeOf(TDestroyData));
|
|
|
+ DestroyData.Image := Self;
|
|
|
+ DestroyData.Event := AOnDestroy;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ DestroyFunc := nil;
|
|
|
+ DestroyData := nil;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageCreateFromData(@FHandle, AWidth, AHeight, Ord(AFormat),
|
|
|
+ APixelData, AStride, DestroyFunc, DestroyData));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.MakeMutable(out AData: TBLImageData);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageMakeMutable(@FHandle, @AData.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.MakeMutable;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Unused: TBLImageData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageMakeMutable(@FHandle, @Unused.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromData(const AData: TBytes);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ ReadFromData(Pointer(AData), Length(AData), nil);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromData(const AData: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ ReadFromData(Pointer(AData), Length(AData), ACodecs);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageReadFromData(@FHandle, AData, ASize, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles: TArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ Codecs: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(CodecHandles, Length(ACodecs));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(CodecHandles) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles[I] := ACodecs[I].Handle^;
|
|
|
+ Codecs := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<BLImageCodecCore>(CodecHandles);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageReadFromData(@FHandle, AData, ASize, Codecs.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromData(const AView: TBLArrayView<Byte>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ ReadFromData(AView.Data, AView.Length, nil);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromData(const AView: TBLArrayView<Byte>;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ ReadFromData(AView.Data, AView.Length, ACodecs);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromFile(const AFilename: String);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageReadFromFile(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AFilename)), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ReadFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles: TArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ Codecs: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(CodecHandles, Length(ACodecs));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(CodecHandles) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles[I] := ACodecs[I].Handle^;
|
|
|
+ Codecs := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<BLImageCodecCore>(CodecHandles);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageReadFromFile(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AFilename)), Codecs.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLImage.Scale(const ASrc, ADst: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: TBLSizeI; const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ASrc <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ ASrc.ScaleTo(ADst, ASize, AFilter);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLImage.Scale(const ASrc, ADst: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: TBLSizeI; const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter;
|
|
|
+ const AOptions: TBLImageScaleOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ASrc <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ ASrc.ScaleTo(ADst, ASize, AFilter, AOptions);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ScaleTo(const ADest: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ADest <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageScale(ADest.Handle, @FHandle, @ASize, Ord(AFilter), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.ScaleTo(const ADest: IBLImage; const ASize: TBLSizeI;
|
|
|
+ const AFilter: TBLImageScaleFilter; const AOptions: TBLImageScaleOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ADest <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageScale(ADest.Handle, @FHandle, @ASize, Ord(AFilter), @AOptions.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImage.WriteToData(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec): TBytes;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Codec: PBLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+ Data: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ACodec = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Codec := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Codec := ACodec.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Data := TBLUtils.CreateBLArray<Byte>;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageWriteToData(@FHandle, Data.Handle, Codec));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<Byte>(Data);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.WriteToFile(const AFilename: String);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageWriteToFile(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AFilename)), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImage.WriteToFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const ACodec: IBLImageCodec);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Codec: PBLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ACodec = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Codec := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Codec := ACodec.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageWriteToFile(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AFilename)), Codec));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Image'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Image Codec'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImageDecoder }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImageDecoder.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blImageDecoderInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLImageDecoder.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blImageDecoderDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLImageDecoder) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = @TBLImageDecoder(Obj).FHandle.impl)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.Equals(const AOther: IBLImageDecoder): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = AOther.Handle.impl);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.GetBufferIndex: NativeInt;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.bufferIndex;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.GetFrameIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.frameIndex;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.GetHandle: PBLImageDecoderCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.GetLastResult: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLResultCode(FHandle.impl.lastResult);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.ReadFrame(const ABuffer: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Integer): IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImage.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReadFrame(@FHandle, Result.Handle, ABuffer, ASize));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.ReadFrame(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>): IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImage.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReadFrame(@FHandle, Result.Handle,
|
|
|
+ ABuffer.FHandle.data, ABuffer.FHandle.size));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageDecoder.ReadFrame(const ABuffer: TBytes): IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImage.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReadFrame(@FHandle, Result.Handle,
|
|
|
+ Pointer(ABuffer), Length(ABuffer)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageDecoder.ReadInfo(const ABuffer: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ out AInfo: TBLImageInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReadInfo(@FHandle, @AInfo.FHandle, ABuffer, ASize));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageDecoder.ReadInfo(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>;
|
|
|
+ out AInfo: TBLImageInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReadInfo(@FHandle, @AInfo.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ ABuffer.FHandle.data, ABuffer.FHandle.size));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageDecoder.ReadInfo(const ABuffer: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ out AInfo: TBLImageInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReadInfo(@FHandle, @AInfo.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ Pointer(ABuffer), Length(ABuffer)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageDecoder.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageDecoder.Restart;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageDecoderRestart(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImageEncoder }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImageEncoder.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blImageEncoderInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLImageEncoder.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blImageEncoderDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLImageEncoder) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = @TBLImageEncoder(Obj).FHandle.impl)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.Equals(const AOther: IBLImageEncoder): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = AOther.Handle.impl);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.GetBufferIndex: NativeInt;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.bufferIndex;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.GetFrameIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.frameIndex;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.GetHandle: PBLImageEncoderCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.GetLastResult: TBLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLResultCode(FHandle.impl.lastResult);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageEncoder.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageEncoderReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageEncoder.Restart;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageEncoderRestart(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageEncoder.WriteFrame(const AImage: IBLImage): TBytes;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Dest: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Dest := TBLUtils.CreateBLArray<Byte>;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageEncoderWriteFrame(@FHandle, Dest.Handle, AImage.Handle));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<Byte>(Dest);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLImageCodec }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLImageCodec.AddToBuiltIn(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ACodec <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageCodecAddToBuiltIn(ACodec.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImageCodec.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blImageCodecInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLImageCodec.Create(const AHandle: BLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := AIsReference;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLImageCodec.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blImageCodecDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.Equals(const AOther: IBLImageCodec): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = AOther.Handle.impl);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLImageCodec) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = @TBLImageCodec(Obj).FHandle.impl)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByData(const AData: TBytes;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FindByData(Pointer(AData), Length(AData), ACodecs);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByExtension(const AExt: String;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles: TArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ CodecArray: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ Codecs: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ Ext: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ACodecs) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(CodecHandles, Length(ACodecs));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(CodecHandles) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles[I] := ACodecs[I].Handle^;
|
|
|
+ CodecArray := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<BLImageCodecCore>(CodecHandles);
|
|
|
+ Codecs := CodecArray.Handle;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Codecs := nil;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Ext := UTF8String(AExt);
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByExtension(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Ext), Length(Ext), Codecs);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByExtension(const AExt: String): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Ext: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Ext := UTF8String(AExt);
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByExtension(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Ext), Length(Ext), nil);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByData(const AData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Integer): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByData(@FHandle, AData, ASize, nil);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByData(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles: TArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ CodecArray: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ Codecs: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ACodecs) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(CodecHandles, Length(ACodecs));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(CodecHandles) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles[I] := ACodecs[I].Handle^;
|
|
|
+ CodecArray := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<BLImageCodecCore>(CodecHandles);
|
|
|
+ Codecs := CodecArray.Handle;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Codecs := nil;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByData(@FHandle, AData, ASize, Codecs);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByData(const AData: TBytes): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByData(@FHandle, Pointer(AData), Length(AData), nil);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByName(const AName: String;
|
|
|
+ const ACodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles: TArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ CodecArray: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ Codecs: PBLArrayCore;
|
|
|
+ Name: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ACodecs) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(CodecHandles, Length(ACodecs));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(CodecHandles) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles[I] := ACodecs[I].Handle^;
|
|
|
+ CodecArray := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<BLImageCodecCore>(CodecHandles);
|
|
|
+ Codecs := CodecArray.Handle;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Codecs := nil;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Name := UTF8String(AName);
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByName(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Name), Length(Name), Codecs);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.FindByName(const AName: String): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Name: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ Res: BLResultCode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Name := UTF8String(AName);
|
|
|
+ Res := blImageCodecFindByName(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Name), Length(Name), nil);
|
|
|
+ Result := (Res = BL_SUCCESS);
|
|
|
+ if (Res <> BL_ERROR_IMAGE_NO_MATCHING_CODEC) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(Res);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLImageCodec.GetBuiltInCodecs: TArray<IBLImageCodec>;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ CodecArray: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles: TArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ CodecArray := TBLUtils.CreateBLArray<BLImageCodecCore>;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageCodecArrayInitBuiltInCodecs(CodecArray.Handle));
|
|
|
+ CodecHandles := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<BLImageCodecCore>(CodecArray);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ SetLength(Result, Length(CodecHandles));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(Result) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ Result[I] := TBLImageCodec.Create(CodecHandles[I], True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetExtensions: String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := String(UTF8String(FHandle.impl.extensions));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetFeatures: TBLImageCodecFeatures;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImageCodecFeatures(FHandle.impl.features);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetHandle: PBLImageCodecCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetMimeType: String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := String(UTF8String(FHandle.impl.mimeType));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetName: String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := String(UTF8String(FHandle.impl.name));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.GetVendor: String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := String(UTF8String(FHandle.impl.vendor));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.HasFeature(
|
|
|
+ const AFeature: TBLImageCodecFeature): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.features and Ord(AFeature)) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.InspectData(const ABuffer: TBytes): Cardinal;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blImageCodecInspectData(@FHandle, Pointer(ABuffer), Length(ABuffer));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.InspectData(const ABuffer: TBLArrayView<Byte>): Cardinal;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blImageCodecInspectData(@FHandle, ABuffer.FHandle.data, ABuffer.FHandle.size);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLImageCodec.InspectData(const ABuffer: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Integer): Cardinal;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blImageCodecInspectData(@FHandle, ABuffer, ASize);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLImageCodec.RemoveFromBuiltIn(const ACodec: IBLImageCodec);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (ACodec <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageCodecRemoveFromBuiltIn(ACodec.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLImageCodec.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blImageCodecReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Image Codec'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Pattern'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPattern }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPattern.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blPatternInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPattern.Create(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage = nil) then
|
|
|
+ blPatternInit(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternInitAs(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, nil, Ord(AExtendMode), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPattern.Create(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage = nil) then
|
|
|
+ blPatternInit(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternInitAs(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, nil, Ord(AExtendMode), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPattern.Create(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage = nil) then
|
|
|
+ blPatternInit(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternInitAs(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, @AArea, Ord(AExtendMode), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPattern.Create(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage = nil) then
|
|
|
+ blPatternInit(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternInitAs(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, @AArea, Ord(AExtendMode), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPattern.Create(const AHandle: BLPatternCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := AIsReference;
|
|
|
+ FImage := TBLImage.Create(FHandle.impl.image, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLPattern.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blPatternDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLPattern) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blPatternEquals(@FHandle, @TBLPattern(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.Equals(const AOther: IBLPattern): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blPatternEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle)
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.area;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetExtendMode: TBLExtendMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLExtendMode(FHandle.impl.extendMode);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetHandle: PBLPatternCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetHasMatrix: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.matrixType <> BL_MATRIX2D_TYPE_IDENTITY);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FImage;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.matrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPattern.GetMatrixType: TBLMatrix2DType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLMatrix2DType(FHandle.impl.matrixType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternCreate(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, @AArea, Ord(AExtendMode), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternCreate(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, nil, Ord(AExtendMode), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode; const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternCreate(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, nil, Ord(AExtendMode), @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Initialize(const AImage: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const AExtendMode: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FImage := AImage;
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternCreate(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, @AArea, Ord(AExtendMode), nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostScale(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostScale(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostScale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostScale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostSkew(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.PostTranslate(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.ResetArea;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Area: TBLRectI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Area.Reset(0, 0, 0, 0);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetArea(@FHandle, @Area));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.ResetExtendMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetExtendMode(@FHandle, BL_EXTEND_MODE_REPEAT));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.ResetImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FImage := TBLImage.Create;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetImage(@FHandle, FImage.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_RESET, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Rotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Scale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Scale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Scale(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Scale(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.SetArea(const AValue: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetArea(@FHandle, @AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.SetExtendMode(const AValue: TBLExtendMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetExtendMode(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.SetImage(const AValue: IBLImage; const AArea: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetImage(@FHandle, AValue.Handle, @AArea));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.SetImage(const AValue: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternSetImage(@FHandle, AValue.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.SetMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ASSIGN, @AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Skew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Skew(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Translate(const AP: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @AP));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Translate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPattern.Translate(const AP: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AP.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AP.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPatternApplyMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Pattern'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Font Defs'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphInfo.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphPlacement }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphPlacement.GetAdvance: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.advance;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphPlacement.GetPlacement: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.placement;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphPlacement.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphPlacement.SetAdvance(const AValue: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.advance := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphPlacement.SetPlacement(const AValue: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.placement := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphMappingState }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphMappingState.GetGlyphCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.glyphCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphMappingState.GetUndefinedCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.undefinedCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphMappingState.GetUndefinedFirst: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.undefinedFirst;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphMappingState.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphMappingState.SetGlyphCount(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphCount := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphMappingState.SetUndefinedCount(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.undefinedCount := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphMappingState.SetUndefinedFirst(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.undefinedFirst := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo.GetContourCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.contourCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo.GetGlyphIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.glyphIndex;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo.SetContourCount(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.contourCount := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphOutlineSinkInfo.SetGlyphIndex(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphIndex := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphRun }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.Entries<TPlacement>: TEnumerable<TPlacement>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TEnumerable<TPlacement>.Create(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.GetFlags: TBLGlyphRunFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.size = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.GetPlacementType: TBLGlyphPlacementType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGlyphPlacementType(FHandle.placementType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.ResetGlyphIdData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphData := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphAdvance := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.ResetPlacementData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.placementData := nil;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.placementAdvance := 0;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetFlags(const AValue: TBLGlyphRunFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.flags := Cardinal(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetGlyphData(const AData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AAdvance: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphData := AData;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphAdvance := AAdvance;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetGlyphData(const AData: PCardinal);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphData := AData;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphAdvance := SizeOf(Cardinal);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetGlyphData(const AData: PWord);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphData := AData;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphAdvance := SizeOf(Word);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetPlacementData(const AData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AAdvance: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.placementData := AData;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.placementAdvance := AAdvance;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetPlacementType(const AValue: TBLGlyphPlacementType);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.placementType := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphRun.SetSize(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerable<T> }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerable<T>.Create(const AHandle: _PBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerable<T>.GetEnumerator: TEnumerator<T>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TEnumerator<T>.Create(FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerator<T> }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerator<T>.Create(const AHandle: _PBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FGlyphData := AHandle.glyphData;
|
|
|
+ FPlacementData := AHandle.placementData;
|
|
|
+ FGlyphAdvance := AHandle.glyphAdvance;
|
|
|
+ FPlacementAdvance := AHandle.placementAdvance;
|
|
|
+ FHigh := AHandle.size;
|
|
|
+ Dec(FHigh);
|
|
|
+ FIndex := -1;
|
|
|
+ Dec(FGlyphData, FGlyphAdvance);
|
|
|
+ Dec(FPlacementData, FPlacementAdvance);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerator<T>.GetCurrent: TBLGlyphRunEntry<T>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.GlyphId := PWord(FGlyphData)^;
|
|
|
+ Result.Placement := P(FPlacementData)^;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphRun.TEnumerator<T>.MoveNext: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FIndex < FHigh);
|
|
|
+ if Result then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Inc(FIndex);
|
|
|
+ Inc(FGlyphData, FGlyphAdvance);
|
|
|
+ Inc(FPlacementData, FPlacementAdvance);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontFaceInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFaceInfo.GetDiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Word(Result) := FHandle.diagFlags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFaceInfo.GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.faceFlags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFaceInfo.GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFaceType(FHandle.faceType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFaceInfo.GetGlyphCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.glyphCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFaceInfo.GetOutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontOutlineType(FHandle.outlineType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFaceInfo.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFaceInfo.SetDiagFlags(const AValue: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.diagFlags := Word(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFaceInfo.SetFaceFlags(const AValue: TBLFontFaceFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.faceFlags := Cardinal(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFaceInfo.SetFaceType(const AValue: TBLFontFaceType);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.faceType := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFaceInfo.SetGlyphCount(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphCount := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFaceInfo.SetOutlineType(const AValue: TBLFontOutlineType);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.outlineType := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontQueryProperties }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontQueryProperties.GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontStretch(FHandle.stretch);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontQueryProperties.GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontStyle(FHandle.style);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontQueryProperties.GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontWeight(FHandle.weight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontQueryProperties.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontQueryProperties.SetStretch(const AValue: TBLFontStretch);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.stretch := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontQueryProperties.SetStyle(const AValue: TBLFontStyle);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.style := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontQueryProperties.SetWeight(const AValue: TBLFontWeight);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.weight := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontTable }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontTable.GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontTable.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontTable.Reset(const AData: Pointer; const ASize: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data := AData;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := ASize;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontTable.SetSize(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.size := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontFeature }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFeature.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontVariation }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontVariation.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontUnicodeCoverage }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.ClearBit(
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ I := Ord(AIndex);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data[I shr 5] := FHandle.data[I shr 5] and not (1 shl (I and 31));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.Equal(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (ALeft.FHandle.data[0] = ARight.FHandle.data[0])
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.data[1] = ARight.FHandle.data[1])
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.data[2] = ARight.FHandle.data[2])
|
|
|
+ and (ALeft.FHandle.data[3] = ARight.FHandle.data[3]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.GetBit(
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex): Boolean;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ I := Ord(AIndex);
|
|
|
+ Result := (((FHandle.data[I shr 5] shr (I and 31)) and 1) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.data[0] = 0) and (FHandle.data[1] = 0)
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.data[2] = 0) and (FHandle.data[3] = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.NotEqual(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not (ALeft = ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.SetBit(
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex; const AValue: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue) then
|
|
|
+ SetBit(AIndex)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ ClearBit(AIndex);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontUnicodeCoverage.SetBit(
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: TBLFontUnicodeCoverageIndex);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ I := Ord(AIndex);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data[I shr 5] := FHandle.data[I shr 5] or (1 shl (I and 31));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontPanose }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontPanose.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (Data[0] = 0) and (Data[1] = 0)
|
|
|
+ and (Data[2] = 0) and (Data[3] = 0)
|
|
|
+ and (Data[4] = 0) and (Data[5] = 0)
|
|
|
+ and (Data[6] = 0) and (Data[7] = 0)
|
|
|
+ and (Data[8] = 0) and (Data[9] = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontPanose.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(Self, SizeOf(Self), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontMatrix }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function BLFontMatrix(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11: Double): TBLFontMatrix; inline;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontMatrix.GetElement(const AIndex: Integer): Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Assert(Cardinal(AIndex) < 4);
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.m[AIndex];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontMatrix.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := 1;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := 0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := 1;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontMatrix.Reset(const AM00, AM01, AM10, AM11: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m00 := AM00;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m01 := AM01;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m10 := AM10;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m11 := AM11;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontMatrix.SetElement(const AIndex: Integer; const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Assert(Cardinal(AIndex) < 4);
|
|
|
+ FHandle.m[AIndex] := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontMetrics }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontMetrics.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontDesignMetrics }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontDesignMetrics.GetGlyphBoundingBox: TBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.glyphBoundingBox;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontDesignMetrics.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontDesignMetrics.SetGlyphBoundingBox(const AValue: TBLBoxI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.glyphBoundingBox := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLTextMetrics }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLTextMetrics.GetAdvance: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.advance;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLTextMetrics.GetBoundingBox: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.boundingBox;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLTextMetrics.GetLeadingBearing: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.leadingBearing;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLTextMetrics.GetTrailingBearing: TBLPoint;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.trailingBearing;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTextMetrics.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTextMetrics.SetAdvance(const AValue: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.advance := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTextMetrics.SetBoundingBox(const AValue: TBLBox);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.boundingBox := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTextMetrics.SetLeadingBearing(const AValue: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.leadingBearing := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLTextMetrics.SetTrailingBearing(const AValue: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.trailingBearing := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Font Defs'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Glyph Buffer'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLGlyphBuffer }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.Clear;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferClear(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLGlyphBuffer.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blGlyphBufferInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLGlyphBuffer.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blGlyphBufferDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetContent: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := PCardinal(FHandle.impl.data.content);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetFlags: TBLGlyphRunFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.impl.data.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle.impl.data.glyphRun;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetHandle: PBLGlyphBufferCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetHasGlyphs: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.data.flags and BL_GLYPH_RUN_FLAG_UCS4_CONTENT) = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetHasInvalidChars: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.data.flags and BL_GLYPH_RUN_FLAG_INVALID_TEXT) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetHasInvalidFontData: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.data.flags and BL_GLYPH_RUN_FLAG_INVALID_FONT_DATA) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetHasText: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.data.flags and BL_GLYPH_RUN_FLAG_UCS4_CONTENT) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetHasUndefinedChars: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.data.flags and BL_GLYPH_RUN_FLAG_UNDEFINED_GLYPHS) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetInfoData: PBLGlyphInfo;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := PBLGlyphInfo(FHandle.impl.infoData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl.data.glyphRun.size = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetPlacementData: PBLGlyphPlacement;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := PBLGlyphPlacement(FHandle.impl.data.placementData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.GetSize: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.data.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLGlyphBuffer.HasFlag(const AFlag: TBLGlyphRunFlag): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.data.flags and Ord(AFlag)) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: Pointer; const ASize,
|
|
|
+ AGlyphIdSize, AGlyphAdvance: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetGlyphsFromStruct(@FHandle, AGlyphData, ASize,
|
|
|
+ AGlyphIdSize, AGlyphAdvance));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const ALength: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetGlyphs(@FHandle, Pointer(AGlyphData), ALength));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetGlyphs(const AGlyphData: TArray<Cardinal>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetGlyphs(@FHandle, Pointer(AGlyphData), Length(AGlyphData)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetText(const AText: String);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetText(@FHandle, PChar(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF16));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetText(const AText: Pointer; const ALength: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const AEncoding: TBLTextEncoding);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetText(@FHandle, AText, ALength, Ord(AEncoding)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetText(const AText: UCS4String);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetText(@FHandle, Pointer(AText), Length(AText) - 1, BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF32));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLGlyphBuffer.SetText(const AText: UTF8String);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blGlyphBufferSetText(@FHandle, PUTF8Char(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF8));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Glyph Buffer'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Font'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontData }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLFontData.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blFontDataInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLFontData.Create(const AHandle: BLFontDataCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := AIsReference;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLFontData.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blFontDataDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLFontData.DoDestroy(impl, destroyData: Pointer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: PDestroyData absolute destroyData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Data <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Data.Event(Data.FontData);
|
|
|
+ FreeMem(Data);
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLFontData) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontDataEquals(@FHandle, @TBLFontData(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.Equals(const AOther: IBLFontData): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontDataEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle)
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetFaceCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.faceCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFaceType(FHandle.impl.faceType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetFlags: TBLFontDataFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Byte(Result) := FHandle.impl.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetHandle: PBLFontDataCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetIsCollection: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.flags and BL_FONT_DATA_FLAG_COLLECTION) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.GetTags(const AFaceIndex: Integer): TArray<TBLTag>;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Tags: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Tags := TBLUtils.CreateBLArray<TBLTag>;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontDataListTags(@FHandle, AFaceIndex, Tags.Handle));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<TBLTag>(Tags);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontData.InitializeFromData(const AData: TBytes);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AData <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Data := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<Byte>(AData);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontDataCreateFromDataArray(@FHandle, Data.Handle));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontData.InitializeFromData(const AData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Integer; const AOnDestroy: TBLFontDataDestroyEvent);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ DestroyFunc: BLDestroyImplFunc;
|
|
|
+ DestroyData: PDestroyData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AOnDestroy) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ DestroyFunc := DoDestroy;
|
|
|
+ GetMem(DestroyData, SizeOf(TDestroyData));
|
|
|
+ DestroyData.FontData := Self;
|
|
|
+ DestroyData.Event := AOnDestroy;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ DestroyFunc := nil;
|
|
|
+ DestroyData := nil;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontDataCreateFromData(@FHandle, AData, ASize, DestroyFunc, DestroyData));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontData.InitializeFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const AReadFlags: TBLFileReadFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontDataCreateFromFile(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AFilename)),
|
|
|
+ Byte(AReadFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.QueryTable(const AFaceIndex: Integer; const ATag: TBLTag;
|
|
|
+ out ATable: TBLFontTable): Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontDataQueryTables(@FHandle, AFaceIndex, @ATable.FHandle, @ATag, 1);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontData.QueryTables(const AFaceIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+ const ATags: TArray<TBLTag>; out ATables: TArray<TBLFontTable>): Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(ATables, Length(ATags));
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontDataQueryTables(@FHandle, AFaceIndex, Pointer(ATables),
|
|
|
+ Pointer(ATags), Length(ATags));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontData.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontDataReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontFace }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLFontFace.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blFontFaceInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLFontFace.Create(const AHandle: BLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+ const AIsReference: Boolean);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ FHandle := AHandle;
|
|
|
+ FIsReference := AIsReference;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLFontFace.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (not FIsReference) then
|
|
|
+ blFontFaceDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.Equals(const AOther: IBLFontFace): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontFaceEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle)
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLFontFace) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontFaceEquals(@FHandle, @TBLFontFace(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (FData = nil) then
|
|
|
+ FData := TBLFontData.Create(FHandle.impl.data, True);
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Result := FData;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetDesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.designMetrics;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetDiagFlags: TBLFontFaceDiagFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Word(Result) := FHandle.impl.faceInfo.diagFlags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetFaceIndex: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceIndex;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetFaceInfo: TBLFontFaceInfo;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.faceInfo;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFaceType(FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetFamilyName: String;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ S: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetString(S, FHandle.impl.familyName.impl.data, FHandle.impl.familyName.impl.size);
|
|
|
+ Result := String(S);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetFullName: String;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ S: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetString(S, FHandle.impl.fullName.impl.data, FHandle.impl.fullName.impl.size);
|
|
|
+ Result := String(S);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHandle: PBLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasBaselineYAt0: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_BASELINE_Y_EQUALS_0) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasCharToGlyphMapping: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_CHAR_TO_GLYPH_MAPPING) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasHorizontalKerning: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL_KERNING) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasHorizontalMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL_METRICS) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasLSBPointXAt0: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_LSB_POINT_X_EQUALS_0) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasOpenTypeFeatures: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_OPENTYPE_FEATURES) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasOpenTypeVariations: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_OPENTYPE_VARIATIONS) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasPanoseData: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_PANOSE_DATA) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasTypographicMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_TYPOGRAPHIC_METRICS) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasTypographicNames: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_TYPOGRAPHIC_NAMES) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasUnicodeCoverage: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_UNICODE_COVERAGE) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasVariationSequences: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_VARIATION_SEQUENCES) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasVerticalKerning: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL_KERNING) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetHasVerticalMetrics: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL_METRICS) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetIsLastResortFont: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_LAST_RESORT_FONT) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetIsSymbolFont: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and BL_FONT_FACE_FLAG_SYMBOL_FONT) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetOutlineType: TBLFontOutlineType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontOutlineType(FHandle.impl.faceInfo.outlineType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetPanose: TBLFontPanose;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontPanose(FHandle.impl.panose);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetPostScriptName: String;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ S: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetString(S, FHandle.impl.postScriptName.impl.data, FHandle.impl.postScriptName.impl.size);
|
|
|
+ Result := String(S);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontStretch(FHandle.impl.stretch);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontStyle(FHandle.impl.style);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetSubfamilyName: String;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ S: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetString(S, FHandle.impl.subfamilyName.impl.data, FHandle.impl.subfamilyName.impl.size);
|
|
|
+ Result := String(S);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetUnicodeCoverage: TBLFontUnicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.unicodeCoverage;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetUniqueId: TBLUniqueId;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.uniqueId;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetUnitsPerEm: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.designMetrics.unitsPerEm;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontWeight(FHandle.impl.weight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontFace.HasFaceFlag(const AFlag: TBLFontFaceFlag): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags and Ord(AFlag)) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFace.InitializeFromData(const AFontData: IBLFontData;
|
|
|
+ const AFaceIndex: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FData := AFontData;
|
|
|
+ if (AFontData <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontFaceCreateFromData(@FHandle, AFontData.Handle, AFaceIndex));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFace.InitializeFromFile(const AFilename: String;
|
|
|
+ const AReadFlags: TBLFileReadFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontFaceCreateFromFile(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AFilename)),
|
|
|
+ Byte(AReadFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontFace.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontFaceReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFont }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.ApplyGPos(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: Integer; const ALookups: TBLBitWord);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontApplyGPos(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle, AIndex, ALookups));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.ApplyGSub(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const AIndex: Integer; const ALookups: TBLBitWord);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontApplyGSub(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle, AIndex, ALookups));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.ApplyKerning(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontApplyKerning(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLFont.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blFontInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLFont.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blFontDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLFont.DoSink(path: PBLPathCore; info,
|
|
|
+ closure: Pointer): Cardinal;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: TBLFont;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := 0;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(closure) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Font := TBLFont(Closure);
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(Font.FSink) then
|
|
|
+ Result := Ord(Font.FSink(Font.FSinkPath, info));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLFont) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontEquals(@FHandle, @TBLFont(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.Equals(const AOther: IBLFont): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle)
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetDesignMetrics: TBLFontDesignMetrics;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.face.impl.designMetrics;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FFace;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetFaceFlags: TBLFontFaceFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFaceFlags(FHandle.impl.face.impl.faceInfo.faceFlags);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetFaceType: TBLFontFaceType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFaceType(FHandle.impl.face.impl.faceInfo.faceType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetFeatures: TArray<TBLFontFeature>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<TBLFontFeature>(FHandle.impl.features);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetGlyphAdvances(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphAdvance, ACount: Integer): TArray<TBLGlyphPlacement>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(Result, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetGlyphAdvances(@FHandle, Pointer(AGlyphData), AGlyphAdvance,
|
|
|
+ Pointer(Result), ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetGlyphBounds(const AGlyphData: PCardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphAdvance, ACount: Integer): TArray<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ SetLength(Result, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetGlyphBounds(@FHandle, Pointer(AGlyphData), AGlyphAdvance,
|
|
|
+ Pointer(Result), ACount));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetGlyphOutlines(const AGlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+ const AUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Sink: BLPathSinkFunc;
|
|
|
+ Closure: Pointer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPath.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ASink) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ FSink := ASink;
|
|
|
+ FSinkPath := Result;
|
|
|
+ Sink := DoSink;
|
|
|
+ Closure := Self;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Sink := nil;
|
|
|
+ Closure := nil;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetGlyphOutlines(@FHandle, AGlyphId, @AUserMatrix,
|
|
|
+ Result.Handle, Sink, Closure));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetGlyphOutlines(const AGlyphId: Cardinal;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Sink: BLPathSinkFunc;
|
|
|
+ Closure: Pointer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPath.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ASink) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ FSink := ASink;
|
|
|
+ FSinkPath := Result;
|
|
|
+ Sink := DoSink;
|
|
|
+ Closure := Self;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Sink := nil;
|
|
|
+ Closure := nil;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetGlyphOutlines(@FHandle, AGlyphId, nil,
|
|
|
+ Result.Handle, Sink, Closure));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetGlyphRunOutlines(const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ const AUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D; const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Sink: BLPathSinkFunc;
|
|
|
+ Closure: Pointer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPath.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ASink) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ FSink := ASink;
|
|
|
+ FSinkPath := Result;
|
|
|
+ Sink := DoSink;
|
|
|
+ Closure := Self;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Sink := nil;
|
|
|
+ Closure := nil;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetGlyphRunOutlines(@FHandle, @AGlyphRun, @AUserMatrix,
|
|
|
+ Result.Handle, Sink, Closure));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetGlyphRunOutlines(const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun;
|
|
|
+ const ASink: TBLPathSinkEvent): IBLPath;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Sink: BLPathSinkFunc;
|
|
|
+ Closure: Pointer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPath.Create;
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(ASink) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ FSink := ASink;
|
|
|
+ FSinkPath := Result;
|
|
|
+ Sink := DoSink;
|
|
|
+ Closure := Self;
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ Sink := nil;
|
|
|
+ Closure := nil;
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetGlyphRunOutlines(@FHandle, @AGlyphRun, nil,
|
|
|
+ Result.Handle, Sink, Closure));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetHandle: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetMatrix: TBLFontMatrix;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.matrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetMetrics: TBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.metrics;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetMetricsPtr: PBLFontMetrics;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle.impl.metrics;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetSize: Single;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.metrics.size;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetStretch: TBLFontStretch;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontStretch(FHandle.impl.stretch);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetStyle: TBLFontStyle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontStyle(FHandle.impl.style);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetTextMetrics(
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer): TBLTextMetrics;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontGetTextMetrics(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle, @Result.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetUnitsPerEm: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.face.impl.designMetrics.unitsPerEm;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetVariations: TArray<TBLFontVariation>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<TBLFontVariation>(FHandle.impl.variations);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFont.GetWeight: TBLFontWeight;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontWeight(FHandle.impl.weight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.InitializeFromFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+ const ASize: Single);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFace <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontCreateFromFace(@FHandle, AFace.Handle, ASize));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.MapTextToGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontMapTextToGlyphs(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.MapTextToGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ out AState: TBLGlyphMappingState);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontMapTextToGlyphs(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle, @AState.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.PositionGlyphs(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer;
|
|
|
+ const APositioningFlags: Cardinal);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontPositionGlyphs(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle, APositioningFlags));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFont.Shape(const AGlyphBuffer: IBLGlyphBuffer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphBuffer <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontShape(@FHandle, AGlyphBuffer.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Font'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Font Manager'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLFontManager }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontManager.AddFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFace <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontManagerAddFace(@FHandle, AFace.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLFontManager.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontManagerInit(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLFontManager.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blFontManagerDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLFontManager) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontManagerEquals(@FHandle, @TBLFontManager(Obj).FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.Equals(const AOther: IBLFontManager): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontManagerEquals(@FHandle, AOther.Handle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.GetFaceCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontManagerGetFaceCount(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.GetFamilyCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontManagerGetFamilyCount(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.GetHandle: PBLFontManagerCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.HasFace(const AFace: IBLFontFace): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFace <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := blFontManagerHasFace(@FHandle, AFace.Handle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontManager.Initialize;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blFontManagerCreate(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.QueryFace(const AName: String): IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Name: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ Face: BLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Name := UTF8String(AName);
|
|
|
+ if (blFontManagerQueryFace(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Name), Length(Name),
|
|
|
+ nil, @Face) = BL_SUCCESS)
|
|
|
+ then
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFace.Create(Face, True)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := nil;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.QueryFace(const AName: String;
|
|
|
+ const AProperties: TBLFontQueryProperties): IBLFontFace;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Name: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ Face: BLFontFaceCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Name := UTF8String(AName);
|
|
|
+ if (blFontManagerQueryFace(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Name), Length(Name),
|
|
|
+ @AProperties.FHandle, @Face) = BL_SUCCESS)
|
|
|
+ then
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFontFace.Create(Face, True)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := nil;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLFontManager.QueryFacesByFamilyName(
|
|
|
+ const AName: String): TArray<IBLFontFace>;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Name: UTF8String;
|
|
|
+ FaceArray: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+ FaceHandles: TArray<BLFontFaceCore>;
|
|
|
+ I: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Name := UTF8String(AName);
|
|
|
+ FaceArray := TBLUtils.CreateBLArray<BLFontFaceCore>;
|
|
|
+ if (blFontManagerQueryFacesByFamilyName(@FHandle, MarshaledAString(Name),
|
|
|
+ Length(Name), FaceArray.Handle) = BL_SUCCESS) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ FaceHandles := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<BLFontFaceCore>(FaceArray);
|
|
|
+ SetLength(Result, Length(FaceHandles));
|
|
|
+ for I := 0 to Length(Result) - 1 do
|
|
|
+ Result[I] := TBLFontFace.Create(FaceHandles[I], True);
|
|
|
+ end
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := nil;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLFontManager.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blFontManagerReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Font Manager'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Pixel Converter'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPixelConverterOptions }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPixelConverterOptions.GetGap: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.gap;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPixelConverterOptions.GetOrigin: TBLPointI;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.origin;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverterOptions.SetGap(const AValue: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.gap := AValue;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverterOptions.SetOrigin(const AValue: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.origin := AValue.FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLPixelConverter }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.Assign(const AOther: IBLPixelConverter);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if Assigned(AOther) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterAssign(@FHandle, AOther.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.ConvertRect(const ASrcData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcStride: Integer; const ADstData: Pointer; const ADstStride, AWidth,
|
|
|
+ AHeight: Integer; const AOptions: TBLPixelConverterOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterConvert(@FHandle, ADstData, ADstStride, ASrcData,
|
|
|
+ ASrcStride, AWidth, AHeight, @AOptions.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.ConvertRect(const ASrcData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcStride: Integer; const ADstData: Pointer; const ADstStride, AWidth,
|
|
|
+ AHeight: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterConvert(@FHandle, ADstData, ADstStride, ASrcData,
|
|
|
+ ASrcStride, AWidth, AHeight, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.ConvertSpan(const ASrcData, ADstData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AWidth: Integer);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterConvert(@FHandle, ADstData, 0, ASrcData, 0,
|
|
|
+ AWidth, 1, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.ConvertSpan(const ASrcData, ADstData: Pointer;
|
|
|
+ const AWidth: Integer; const AOptions: TBLPixelConverterOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterConvert(@FHandle, ADstData, 0, ASrcData, 0,
|
|
|
+ AWidth, 1, @AOptions.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLPixelConverter.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ blPixelConverterInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class function TBLPixelConverter.CreatePlatformConverter: IBLPixelConverter;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ SrcFormat, DstFormat: TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPixelConverter.Create;
|
|
|
+ SrcFormat := TBLFormat.PRGB32.Info;
|
|
|
+ DstFormat := SrcFormat;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ {$IFNDEF MSWINDOWS}
|
|
|
+ DstFormat.RedShift := SrcFormat.BlueShift;
|
|
|
+ DstFormat.BlueShift := SrcFormat.RedShift;
|
|
|
+ {$ENDIF}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ Result.Initialize(SrcFormat, DstFormat, [TBLPixelConverterCreateFlag.NoMultiStep]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLPixelConverter.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blPixelConverterDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPixelConverter.GetHandle: PBLPixelConverterCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLPixelConverter.GetIsInitialized: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.internalFlags <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.Initialize(const ASrcInfo, ADstInfo: TBLFormatInfo;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateFlags: TBLPixelConverterCreateFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterCreate(@FHandle, @ADstInfo.FHandle,
|
|
|
+ @ASrcInfo.FHandle, Byte(ACreateFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLPixelConverter.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blPixelConverterReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Pixel Converter'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Context'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLContextCreateInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextCreateInfo.GetFlags: TBLContextCreateFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Cardinal(Result) := FHandle.flags;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextCreateInfo.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FillChar(FHandle, SizeOf(FHandle), 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextCreateInfo.SetFlags(const AValue: TBLContextCreateFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.flags := Cardinal(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLContextCookie }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLContextCookie.Equal(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLContextCookie): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextCookie.Equals(const AOther: TBLContextCookie): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.data[0] = AOther.FHandle.data[0])
|
|
|
+ and (FHandle.data[1] = AOther.FHandle.data[1]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextCookie.GetIsEmpty: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.data[0] = 0) and (FHandle.data[1] = 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class operator TBLContextCookie.NotEqual(const ALeft,
|
|
|
+ ARight: TBLContextCookie): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := not ALeft.Equals(ARight);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextCookie.Reset(const AData0, AData1: UInt64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data[0] := AData0;
|
|
|
+ FHandle.data[1] := AData1;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextCookie.Reset(const AOther: TBLContextCookie);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Self := AOther;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextCookie.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Reset(0, 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLContextHints }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextHints.GetGradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGradientQuality(FHandle.gradientQuality);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextHints.GetPatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPatternQuality(FHandle.patternQuality);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextHints.GetRenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRenderingQuality(FHandle.renderingQuality);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextHints.SetGradientQuality(const AValue: TBLGradientQuality);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.gradientQuality := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextHints.SetPatternQuality(const AValue: TBLPatternQuality);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.patternQuality := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContextHints.SetRenderingQuality(const AValue: TBLRenderingQuality);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ FHandle.renderingQuality := Ord(AValue);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLContextState }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.approximationOptions;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetCompOp: TBLCompOp;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLCompOp(FHandle.compOp);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetFillAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.styleAlpha[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_FILL];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetFillRule: TBLFillRule;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFillRule(FHandle.fillRule);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetFillStyle: TBLStyleType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStyleType(FHandle.styleType[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_FILL]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetHints: TBLContextHints;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.hints;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetMetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.metaMatrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetSavedStateCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.savedStateCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.strokeOptions;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetStrokeStyle: TBLStyleType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStyleType(FHandle.styleType[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_STROKE]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetTargetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (FHandle.targetImage = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImage.Create(FHandle.targetImage^, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetTargetSize: TBLSize;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLSize(FHandle.targetSize);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetStrokeAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.styleAlpha[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_STROKE];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContextState.GetUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.userMatrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLContext }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPointI; const ASrc: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitImageI(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRect; const ASrc: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitScaledImageD(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPointI; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitImageI(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, @ASrcArea));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPoint; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitImageD(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, @ASrcArea));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLPoint; const ASrc: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitImageD(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRectI; const ASrc: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitScaledImageI(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRect; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitScaledImageD(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, @ASrcArea));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.AfterConstruction;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+ { Blend2D requires that floating-point calculations do not raise exceptions.}
|
|
|
+ SetExceptionMask(exAllArithmeticExceptions);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.BlitImage(const ADst: TBLRectI; const ASrc: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ASrcArea: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBlitScaledImageI(@FHandle, @ADst, ASrc.Handle, @ASrcArea));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClearAll;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClearAll(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClearRect(const ARect: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClearRectI(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClearRect(const ARect: TBLRect);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClearRectD(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClearRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ R: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ R.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClearRectD(@FHandle, @R));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClipToRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ R: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ R.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClipToRectD(@FHandle, @R));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClipToRect(const ARect: TBLRect);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClipToRectD(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ClipToRect(const ARect: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextClipToRectI(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLContext.Create;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ blContextInit(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLContext.Create(const ATarget: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ if (ATarget = nil) then
|
|
|
+ blContextInit(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextInitAs(@FHandle, ATarget.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+constructor TBLContext.Create(const ATarget: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateInfo: TBLContextCreateInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ inherited Create;
|
|
|
+ if (ATarget = nil) then
|
|
|
+ blContextInit(@FHandle)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextInitAs(@FHandle, ATarget.Handle, @ACreateInfo.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+destructor TBLContext.Destroy;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ blContextDestroy(@FHandle);
|
|
|
+ inherited;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.Equals(Obj: TObject): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (Obj = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj = Self) then
|
|
|
+ Result := True
|
|
|
+ else if (Obj is TBLContext) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = TBLContext(Obj).FHandle.impl)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := False;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.Equals(const AOther: IBLContext): Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AOther = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := (Self = nil)
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := (FHandle.impl = AOther.Handle.impl)
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillAll;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillAll(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Box: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Box.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXD, @Box));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBox(const ABox: TBLBox);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXD, @ABox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXI, @ABox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ABoxes), Length(ABoxes));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @ABoxes));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @ABoxes));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBox>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ABoxes), Length(ABoxes));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillChord(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart,
|
|
|
+ ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Chord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Chord.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @Chord));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillChord(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Chord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Chord.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @Chord));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillChord(const AChord: TBLArc);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @AChord));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Circle: TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Circle.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE, @Circle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE, @ACircle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE, @AEllipse));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Ellipse: TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Ellipse.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE, @Ellipse));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGlyphRunD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, @AGlyphRun));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGlyphRunI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, @AGlyphRun));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphRun <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGlyphRunD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AGlyphRun)));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: PBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGlyphRun <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGlyphRunI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AGlyphRun)));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillPathD(@FHandle, APath.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPie(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Pie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Pie.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @Pie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPie(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Pie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Pie.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @Pie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPie(const APie: TBLArc);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @APie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPolygon(const APoly: PBLPointI; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APoly, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillPolygon(const APoly: PBLPoint; const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APoly, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ R: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ R.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillRectD(@FHandle, @R));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRect(const ARect: TBLRect);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillRectD(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRect(const ARect: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillRectI(@FHandle, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ARects), Length(ARects));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @ARects));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRect>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ARects), Length(ARects));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @ARects));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRegion(const ARegion: IBLRegion);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_REGION, ARegion.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(ARect, AR);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @ARoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH, AR);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX,
|
|
|
+ ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(ARect, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillTextI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF8));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillTextD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF16));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillTextI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF16));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillTextD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText) - 1, BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF32));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillTextI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText) - 1, BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF32));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillTextD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF8));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Triangle: TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Triangle.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE, @Triangle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.FillTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE, @ATriangle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Finish;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextEnd(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Flush(const AFlags: TBLContextFlushFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFlush(@FHandle, Cardinal(AFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetApproximationOptions: TBLApproximationOptions;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.state.approximationOptions;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetCompOp: TBLCompOp;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLCompOp(FHandle.impl.state.compOp);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetContextType: TBLContextType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLContextType(FHandle.impl.contextType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.styleAlpha[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_FILL];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillColor: TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillColor64: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillColorF: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRgba(Style.rgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillGradient: IBLGradient;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGradient.Create(Style.gradient, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillPattern: IBLPattern;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPattern.Create(Style.pattern, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillRule: TBLFillRule;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFillRule(FHandle.impl.state.fillRule);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ ARgba.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ ARgba.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetFillStyle(out AGradient: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ AGradient := TBLGradient.Create(Style.gradient, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetFillStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ ARgba := TBLRgba(Style.rgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetFillStyle(out APattern: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetFillStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ APattern := TBLPattern.Create(Style.pattern, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFillStyle: TBLStyleType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStyleType(FHandle.impl.state.styleType[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_FILL]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFlattenMode: TBLFlattenMode;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLFlattenMode(FHandle.impl.state.approximationOptions.flattenMode);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetFlattenTolerance: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.approximationOptions.flattenTolerance;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetGlobalAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.globalAlpha;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetGradientQuality: TBLGradientQuality;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGradientQuality(FHandle.impl.state.hints.gradientQuality);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetHandle: PBLContextCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := @FHandle;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetHints: TBLContextHints;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.state.hints;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetIsNone: Boolean;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := ((FHandle.impl.implTraits and BL_IMPL_TRAIT_NULL) <> 0);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetMetaMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.state.metaMatrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetPatternQuality: TBLPatternQuality;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPatternQuality(FHandle.impl.state.hints.patternQuality);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetRenderingQuality: TBLRenderingQuality;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRenderingQuality(FHandle.impl.state.hints.renderingQuality);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetSavedStateCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.savedStateCount;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeAlpha: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.styleAlpha[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_STROKE];
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeColor: TBLRgba32;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeColor64: TBLRgba64;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeColorF: TBLRgba;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRgba(Style.rgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeDashArray: TArray<Double>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLUtils.BLArrayToArray<Double>(FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.dashArray);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeDashOffset: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.dashOffset;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeEndCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeCap(FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.options.endCap);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeGradient: IBLGradient;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLGradient.Create(Style.gradient, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeJoin: TBLStrokeJoin;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeJoin(FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.options.join);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeMiterLimit: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.miterLimit;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeOptions: TBLStrokeOptions;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokePattern: IBLPattern;
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLPattern.Create(Style.pattern, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeStartCap: TBLStrokeCap;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeCap(FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.options.startCap);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ ARgba.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ ARgba.Reset(TBLRgba(Style.rgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetStrokeStyle(out AGradient: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ AGradient := TBLGradient.Create(Style.gradient, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetStrokeStyle(out ARgba: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ ARgba := TBLRgba(Style.rgba);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.GetStrokeStyle(out APattern: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Style: BLStyleCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextGetStrokeStyle(@FHandle, @Style));
|
|
|
+ APattern := TBLPattern.Create(Style.pattern, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeStyle: TBLStyleType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStyleType(FHandle.impl.state.styleType[BL_CONTEXT_OP_TYPE_STROKE]);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeTransformOrder: TBLStrokeTransformOrder;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLStrokeTransformOrder(FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.options.transformOrder);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetStrokeWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.strokeOptions.width;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetTargetHeight: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.targetSize.h;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetTargetImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (FHandle.impl.state.targetImage = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Result := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLImage.Create(FHandle.impl.state.targetImage^, True);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetTargetSize: TBLSize;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.state.targetSize;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetTargetWidth: Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := FHandle.impl.state.targetSize.w;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.GetUserMatrix: TBLMatrix2D;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result.FHandle := FHandle.impl.state.userMatrix;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double;
|
|
|
+ const APoint: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostRotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostRotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostScale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostScale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostScale(const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @APoint));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostScale(const APoint: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostSkew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostSkew(const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_SKEW, @APoint));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostTransform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostTranslate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostTranslate(const APoint: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.PostTranslate(const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_POST_TRANSLATE, @APoint));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.QueryAccumulatedErrorFlags: TBLContextErrorFlags;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextQueryProperty(@FHandle,
|
|
|
+ BL_CONTEXT_PROPERTY_ACCUMULATED_ERROR_FLAGS, @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLContext.QueryThreadCount: Integer;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextQueryProperty(@FHandle, BL_CONTEXT_PROPERTY_THREAD_COUNT,
|
|
|
+ @Result));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Reset;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextReset(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.ResetMatrix;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_RESET, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Restore(const ACookie: TBLContextCookie);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextRestore(@FHandle, @ACookie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Restore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextRestore(@FHandle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.RestoreClipping;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextRestoreClipping(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Rotate(const AAngle, AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Rotate(const AAngle: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE, @AAngle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Rotate(const AAngle: Double; const APoint: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..2] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AAngle;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[2] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ROTATE_PT, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Save(out ACookie: TBLContextCookie);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSave(@FHandle, @ACookie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Save;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSave(@FHandle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Scale(const AXY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AXY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Scale(const APoint: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Scale(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Scale(const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SCALE, @APoint));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetCompOp(const AValue: TBLCompOp);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetCompOp(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillAlpha(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillColor(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleRgba32(@FHandle, AValue.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillColor64(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleRgba64(@FHandle, AValue.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillColorF(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleRgba(@FHandle, @AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillGradient(const AValue: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleObject(@FHandle, AValue.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillPattern(const AValue: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleObject(@FHandle, AValue.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillRule(const AValue: TBLFillRule);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillRule(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleRgba64(@FHandle, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleRgba32(@FHandle, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillStyle(const APattern: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APattern <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleObject(@FHandle, APattern.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillStyle(const AImage: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleObject(@FHandle, AImage.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleRgba(@FHandle, @ARgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFillStyle(const AGradient: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGradient <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFillStyleObject(@FHandle, AGradient.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFlattenMode(const AValue: TBLFlattenMode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFlattenMode(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetFlattenTolerance(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetFlattenTolerance(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetGlobalAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetGlobalAlpha(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetGradientQuality(const AValue: TBLGradientQuality);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetHint(@FHandle, BL_CONTEXT_HINT_GRADIENT_QUALITY, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetHints(const AValue: TBLContextHints);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetHints(@FHandle, @AValue.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetPatternQuality(const AValue: TBLPatternQuality);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetHint(@FHandle, BL_CONTEXT_HINT_PATTERN_QUALITY, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetRenderingQuality(const AValue: TBLRenderingQuality);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetHint(@FHandle, BL_CONTEXT_HINT_RENDERING_QUALITY, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeAlpha(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeAlpha(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeColor(const AValue: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleRgba32(@FHandle, AValue.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeColor64(const AValue: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleRgba64(@FHandle, AValue.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeColorF(const AValue: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleRgba(@FHandle, @AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeDashArray(const AValue: TArray<Double>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Value: IBLArray;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Value := TBLUtils.ArrayToBLArray<Double>(AValue);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeDashArray(@FHandle, Value.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeDashOffset(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeDashOffset(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeEndCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeCap(@FHandle, BL_STROKE_CAP_POSITION_END, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeGradient(const AValue: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleObject(@FHandle, AValue.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeJoin(const AValue: TBLStrokeJoin);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeJoin(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeMiterLimit(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeMiterLimit(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeOptions(const AValue: TBLStrokeOptions);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeOptions(@FHandle, @AValue.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokePattern(const AValue: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AValue <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleObject(@FHandle, AValue.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStartCap(const AValue: TBLStrokeCap);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeCap(@FHandle, BL_STROKE_CAP_POSITION_START, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba64);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleRgba64(@FHandle, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba32);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleRgba32(@FHandle, ARgba.FHandle.value));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStyle(const APattern: IBLPattern);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APattern <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleObject(@FHandle, APattern.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStyle(const AGradient: IBLGradient);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AGradient <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleObject(@FHandle, AGradient.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStyle(const AImage: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleObject(@FHandle, AImage.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeStyle(const ARgba: TBLRgba);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeStyleRgba(@FHandle, @ARgba));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeTransformOrder(
|
|
|
+ const AValue: TBLStrokeTransformOrder);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeTransformOrder(@FHandle, Ord(AValue)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetStrokeWidth(const AValue: Double);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextSetStrokeWidth(@FHandle, AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.SetUserMatrix(const AValue: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_ASSIGN, @AValue));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Skew(const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @APoint));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Skew(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_SKEW, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Start(const AImage: IBLImage;
|
|
|
+ const ACreateInfo: TBLContextCreateInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBegin(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, @ACreateInfo.FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Start(const AImage: IBLImage);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AImage <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextBegin(@FHandle, AImage.Handle, nil));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeArc(const AArc: TBLArc);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARC, @AArc));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeArc(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Arc: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Arc.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARC, @Arc));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeArc(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart,
|
|
|
+ ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Arc: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Arc.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARC, @Arc));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBox(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Box: TBLBox;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Box.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXD, @Box));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBox(const ABox: TBLBox);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXD, @ABox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBox(const ABox: TBLBoxI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_BOXI, @ABox));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBoxI;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: PBLBox;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ABoxes, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @ABoxes));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @ABoxes));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBoxI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBoxI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ABoxes), Length(ABoxes));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeBoxArray(const ABoxes: TArray<TBLBox>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLBox>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ABoxes), Length(ABoxes));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextFillGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_BOXD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeChord(const AChord: TBLArc);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @AChord));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeChord(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Chord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Chord.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @Chord));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeChord(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart,
|
|
|
+ ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Chord: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Chord.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CHORD, @Chord));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeCircle(const ACX, ACY, AR: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Circle: TBLCircle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Circle.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE, @Circle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeCircle(const ACircle: TBLCircle);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_CIRCLE, @ACircle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeEllipse(const AEllipse: TBLEllipse);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE, @AEllipse));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeEllipse(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Ellipse: TBLEllipse;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Ellipse.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ELLIPSE, @Ellipse));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGlyphRunI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, @AGlyphRun));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeGlyphRun(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AGlyphRun: TBLGlyphRun);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGlyphRunD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, @AGlyphRun));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeLine(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Line: TBLLine;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Line.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_LINE, @Line));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeLine(const AP0, AP1: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Line: TBLLine;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Line.Reset(AP0, AP1);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_LINE, @Line));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeLine(const ALine: TBLLine);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_LINE, @ALine));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePath(const APath: IBLPath);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (APath <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokePathD(@FHandle, APath.Handle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePie(const ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart,
|
|
|
+ ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Pie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Pie.Reset(ACX, ACY, ARX, ARY, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @Pie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePie(const ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Pie: TBLArc;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Pie.Reset(ACX, ACY, AR, AStart, ASweep);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @Pie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePie(const APie: TBLArc);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_PIE, @APie));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolygon(const APoly: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APoly, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolygon(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGOND, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolygon(const APoly: PBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APoly, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolygon(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYGONI, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolyline(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolyline(const APoly: TArray<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolyline(const APoly: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolyline(const APoly: PBLPoint;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPoint>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APoly, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINED, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolyline(const APoly: TArray<TBLPointI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(APoly), Length(APoly));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokePolyline(const APoly: PBLPointI;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLPointI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(APoly, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_POLYLINEI, @APoly));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRect(const ARect: TBLRectI);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_RECTI, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRect(const ARect: TBLRect);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_RECTD, @ARect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Rect: TBLRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Rect.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_RECTD, @Rect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRectArray(const ARects: PBLRect;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRect>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ARects), Length(ARects));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRect>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTD, @ARects));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @ARects));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRectArray(const ARects: PBLRectI;
|
|
|
+ const ACount: Integer);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(ARects, ACount);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRectArray(const ARects: TArray<TBLRectI>);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ View: TBLArrayView<TBLRectI>;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ View.Reset(Pointer(ARects), Length(ARects));
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ARRAY_VIEW_RECTI, @View));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, AR: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH, AR);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const AR: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(ARect, AR);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRoundRect(const ARoundRect: TBLRoundRect);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @ARoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRoundRect(const ARect: TBLRect; const ARX,
|
|
|
+ ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(ARect, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeRoundRect(const AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ RoundRect: TBLRoundRect;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ RoundRect.Reset(AX, AY, AW, AH, ARX, ARY);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_ROUND_RECT, @RoundRect));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeTextD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText) - 1, BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF32));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeTextD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF8));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UCS4String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> nil) then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeTextI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText) - 1, BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF32));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: UTF8String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeTextI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF8));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPoint; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeTextD(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF16));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeText(const ADst: TBLPointI; const AFont: IBLFont;
|
|
|
+ const AText: String);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Font: PBLFontCore;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AText <> '') then
|
|
|
+ begin
|
|
|
+ if (AFont = nil) then
|
|
|
+ Font := nil
|
|
|
+ else
|
|
|
+ Font := AFont.Handle;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeTextI(@FHandle, @ADst, Font, Pointer(AText), Length(AText), BL_TEXT_ENCODING_UTF16));
|
|
|
+ end;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeTriangle(const ATriangle: TBLTriangle);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE, @ATriangle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.StrokeTriangle(const AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Triangle: TBLTriangle;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Triangle.Reset(AX0, AY0, AX1, AY1, AX2, AY2);
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextStrokeGeometry(@FHandle, BL_GEOMETRY_TYPE_TRIANGLE, @Triangle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Transform(const AMatrix: TBLMatrix2D);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSFORM, @AMatrix));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Translate(const APoint: TBLPointI);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := APoint.FHandle.x;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := APoint.FHandle.y;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Translate(const AX, AY: Double);
|
|
|
+var
|
|
|
+ Data: array [0..1] of Double;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Data[0] := AX;
|
|
|
+ Data[1] := AY;
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @Data));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.Translate(const APoint: TBLPoint);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextMatrixOp(@FHandle, BL_MATRIX2D_OP_TRANSLATE, @APoint));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure TBLContext.UserToMeta;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blContextUserToMeta(@FHandle));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Context'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Runtime'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRuntimeBuildInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRuntimeBuildInfo.GetBaselineCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Byte(Result) := FHandle.baselineCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRuntimeBuildInfo.GetBuildType: TBLRuntimeBuildType;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRuntimeBuildType(FHandle.buildType);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRuntimeBuildInfo.GetSupportedCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Byte(Result) := FHandle.supportedCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRuntimeSystemInfo }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRuntimeSystemInfo.GetCpuArch: TBLRuntimeCpuArch;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Result := TBLRuntimeCpuArch(FHandle.cpuArch);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+function TBLRuntimeSystemInfo.GetCpuFeatures: TBLRuntimeCpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ Byte(Result) := FHandle.cpuFeatures;
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{ TBLRuntime }
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLRuntime.Cleanup(const AFlags: TBLRuntimeCleanupFlags);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRuntimeCleanup(Byte(AFlags)));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLRuntime.LogMessage(const AMessage: String;
|
|
|
+ const AArgs: array of const);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRuntimeMessageOut(MarshaledAString(UTF8String(Format(AMessage, AArgs)))));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLRuntime.LogMessage(const AMessage: String);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRuntimeMessageOut(MarshaledAString(UTF8String(AMessage))));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLRuntime.QueryBuildInfo(out AInfo: TBLRuntimeBuildInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRuntimeQueryInfo(BL_RUNTIME_INFO_TYPE_BUILD, @AInfo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLRuntime.QueryResourceInfo(out AInfo: TBLRuntimeResourceInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRuntimeQueryInfo(BL_RUNTIME_INFO_TYPE_RESOURCE, @AInfo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+class procedure TBLRuntime.QuerySystemInfo(out AInfo: TBLRuntimeSystemInfo);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ _BLCheck(blRuntimeQueryInfo(BL_RUNTIME_INFO_TYPE_SYSTEM, @AInfo));
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Runtime'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Internal'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+procedure _BLCheck(const AResult: BLResultCode);
|
|
|
+begin
|
|
|
+ if (AResult <> BL_SUCCESS) and Assigned(GErrorHandler) then
|
|
|
+ GErrorHandler(TBLResultCode(AResult), GErrorUserData);
|
|
|
+end;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Internal'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$REGION 'Initialization'}
|
|
|
+initialization
|
|
|
+ BLSetExceptionErrorHandler;
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+{$ENDREGION 'Initialization'}
|
|
|
+
|
|
|
+end.
|
glscene